Komatsu PC400LC-7L A86001 TEST
Komatsu PC400LC-7L A86001 TEST
Komatsu PC400LC-7L A86001 TEST
TROUBLESHOOTING
Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP
MANUAL.
Note the following when making judgements using the standard value tables for testing, adjusting, or
troubleshooting.
1. The standard value for a new machine given in the table is the value used when shipping the machine from the
factory and is given for reference. It is used as a guideline for judging the progress of wear after the machine has
been operated, and as a reference value when carrying out repairs.
2. The service limit value given in the tables is the estimated value for the shipped machine based on the results of
various tests. It is used for reference together with the state of repair and the history of operation to judge if there
is a failure.
3. These standard values are not the standards used in dealing with claims.
WARNING! When carrying out testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting, park the machine on
level ground, insert the safety pins, and use blocks to prevent the machine from
moving.
WARNING! When carrying out work together with other workers, always use signals and do
not let unauthorized people near the machine.
WARNING! When checking the water level, always wait for the water to cool down. If the
radiator cap is removed when the water is still hot, the water will spurt out and
cause burns.
WARNING! Be careful not to get caught in the fan, fan belt or other rotating parts.
PC400LC-7L 20-1 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE
Engine SAA6D125E-3
Item Measurement condition Unit Standard value Permissible value
High idling 1,930 ± 50 1,930 ± 50
Engine speed Low idling rpm 1,000 ± 25 1,000 ± 25
Rated speed 1,850 1,850
kPa
Intake air pressure At rated output {mmHg} Min 107 {Min. 800} 87 {650}
Exhaust gas pressure All speed range (intake air temp: 20 C) C Max. 700 Max. 700
At sudden acceleration Bosch Max. 4.0 6.0
Exhaust gas color At high idling index Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance Intake valve mm 0.33 ---
(normal temperature) Exhaust valve 0.71 ---
Compression Oil temperature: 40-60×C MPa {kg/cm2} Min. 2.9 {Min. 30} 2.0 {20}
pressure (Engine speed) (rpm) (150-200) (150-200)
(Coolant temperature: within operating kPa
Blow-by pressure range) At rated output {mmH2O} Max. 1.18 {Max. 120} 1.96 {200}
(Coolant temperature: within operating
range) 0.39-0.69 {4.0- 7.0} 0.21 {2.1}
At high idling (SAE30) MPa 0.34-0.64 {3.5-6.5} 0.18 {1.8}
Oil pressure At high idling (SAE10W) Min. 0.15 {Min. 1.5} 0.08 {0.8}
{kg/cm2}
At low idling (SAE30) Min. 0.1 {Min. 1.0} 0.07 {0.7}
At low idling (SAE10W)
Oil temperature All speed range (inside oil pan) C 90-120 120
Fan, alternator belt Deflection when pressed with finger
mm Approximately 13 Approximately 13
tension force of Approximately 58.8 N {6 kg}
Air conditioner Deflection when pressed with finger mm 14-16 14-16
compressor belt tension force of approximately 58.8 N {6 kg}
For further detailed information, refer to Engine Shop Manual
20-2 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
PC400LC-7L 20-3 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Cate-
gory Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value
34.81+1.47 33.34-36.77
-0.98
(37.27+1.47 )
-0.98
RAISE (35.79-39.23)
{355+15
-10
(380+15)} {340-375 (365- 400)}
Boom -10
At low-
Hydraulic oil pressure 18.14 ± 0.98 16.67-19.61
temperature: {185 ± 10} {170-200}
setting
Within operation
range At high-
31.38 ± 1.47 29.2-33.34
Engine at high pressure
{320 ± 15} {300-340}
idling setting
Working mode: A mode 34.81+1.47
Hydraulic pump output pressure with all -0.98
33.34-36.77
measurement circuits relieved (37.27+1.47 )
Values inside parenthesis: Hydraulic oil -0.98
Arm pressure with one-touch power max. (35.79-39.23)
{355+15
switch in ON mode (reference only) -10
+15
(380 )} {340-375 (365- 400)}
-10
30.89+1.47
Swing
-2.45 27.95-32.85
{315+15} {285-335}
- -25
37.27+2.94
-0.98 35.79-40.70
Travel {365-415}
{380+30}
-10
20-4 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Cate-
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value
gory
Time taken to swing Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating sec. 33.0 ± 3.3 Max. 38
range
Bucket: Empty
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required for 5 more turns after making
initial one turn
PC400LC-7L 20-5 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
20-6 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Cate-
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value
gory
PC400LC-7L 20-7 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Arm
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within sec.
operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode 3.6 ± 0.4 Max. 4.3
Time required from dumping
stroke end to digging stroke end
20-8 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
PC400LC-7L 20-9 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Hydraulic pump
delivery See next page L/min See next page
20-10 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
Test pump discharge Discharge pressure Average pressure Standard value for
pressure of other pump Judgement standard lower
Check point discharge amount Q limit Q (L/min)
(MPa {kg/cm 2}) (MPa {kg/cm2}) (MPa {kg/cm2}) (L/min)
P1+P2
As desired P1 P2 See graph See graph
2
As far as possible, bring pump discharge pressure P1 and P2 as close as possible to the average pressure when measuring.
The error is large near the point where the graph curves, so avoid measuring at this point.
When measuring with the pump mounted on the machine, if it is impossible to set the engine speed to the specified speed with
the fuel control dial, take the pump discharge amount and the engine speed at the point of measurement, and use them as a
base for calculating the pump discharge amount at the specified speed.
PC400LC-7L 20-11 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS
12
MEMORANDUM
20-12 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING
12
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-102
MEASURING ENGINE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-104
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FUEL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
HANDLING FUEL SYSTEM DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
INSPECTION OF FUEL CIRCUIT FOR LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
RELEASING RESIDUAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ADJUSTING ENGINE SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
BLOW-BY PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
COMPRESSION PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
EXHAUST GAS COLOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
INTAKE AIR PRESSURE (BOOST PRESSURE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FAN BELT AND ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-106
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-107
SWING CIRCLE BEARING CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-108
TRACK SHOE TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-109
WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110
CONTROL CIRCUIT - BASIC PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-115
PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-116
PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120
SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-125
PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-128
WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130
SWING PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130
WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-131
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-133
MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-134
BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-137
DIODE TESTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140
MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-141
HANDLING OF HIGH-VOLTAGE CIRCUIT OF ENGINE CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-167
PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-168
PM CLINIC SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-170
UNDERCARRIAGE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-176
PC400LC-7L 20-101 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SERVICE TOOLS
SERVICE TOOLS
12
Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure) A 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1 -101 - 200 kPa {-760 - 1,500 mmHg}
Measuring exhaust temperature B 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 -99.9 - 1,299×C
1 799-201-1502 Handy smoke meter 1 Pollution level: 0 - 70 % (With
Measuring exhaust gas color C Commercially standard color) (Pollution level x 1/10
2 Smoke meter 1 Bosch index)
available
Commercially Air intake side: 0.35 mm, Exhaust side:
Adjusting valve clearance D available Feeler gauge 1 0.57 mm
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 - 6.9 MPa {0 - 70 kg/cm2}
795-471-1410 Adapter 1
Measuring compression pressure E 2 For 125E-3 engine
6217-71-6112 Gasket
3 795-799-1170 Puller 1
Measuring blow-by pressure F 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1
(Pressure gauge): 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
1
(Pressure gauge): 58.8 MPa {600 kg/
Measuring engine oil pressure G 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
cm2}
(Pressure gauge): 0.98MPa {10 kg/
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
cm2}
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1
Measuring fuel pressure H 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1 Same as G
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
Commercially
Measuring clearance of swing circle bearing J available Dial gauge 1 with magnet
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G
Measuring and adjusting oil pressures in work 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
equipment, swing, and travel circuits K
799-101-5220 Nipple 2
2 (Size): 10 x 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 2
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Measuring basic pressure in control circuit L
799-101-5220 Nipple 2
2 Same as K2
07002-11023 O-ring 2
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G
Testing and adjusting oil pressure in pump PC M 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
control circuit 799-101-5220 Nipple 4
2
07002-11023 O-ring 4
20-102 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SERVICE TOOLS
12
PC400LC-7L 20-103 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING ENGINE SPEED
1. Turn the starting switch ON and set the monitor panel to “Monitoring”.
For the operating method, see “Special functions of monitor panel”.
Monitoring code: 01002 Engine Speed
01006 Engine Speed
Code 01002 is information of the engine controller and code 01006 is information of the pump controller. The engine
speed can be measured with either of those codes.
The engine speed is displayed in rpm.
2. Run the engine and raise the engine water temperature and hydraulic
oil temperature to the operating range.
i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idling
position (MIN).
ii. Set the work equipment control, swing control, and travel
levers in neutral and measure the engine speed.
i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).
iv. Set the work equipment control, swing control, and travel levers in neutral.
i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).
D. Measuring 2-pump relief + one-touch power maximizing speed (near rated speed):
i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).
iii. While relieving the arm circuit by moving the arm in, keep pressing the one-touch power maximizing switch.
The one-touch power maximizing function is reset automatically in about 8.5 seconds even if the switch is kept
held. Accordingly, measure the engine speed in that period.
i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).
iii. Set the work equipment control and swing control levers in neutral.
The engine speed lowers to a certain level about 5 seconds after all the levers are set in neutral. This level is the
auto-deceleration speed.
20-104 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING ENGINE
ENGINE
12
Remark
To tune, test and troubleshoot the following procedures you must refer to the ENGINE SHOP MANUAL for the
SAA6D125E-3 series engine, Section 12, for the tool requirements and proper procedures.
FUEL
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT
FUEL PRESSURE
HANDLING FUEL SYSTEM DEVICES
INSPECTION OF FUEL CIRCUIT FOR LEAKAGE
RELEASING RESIDUAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE
BLOW-BY PRESSURE
COMPRESSION PRESSURE
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
PC400LC-7L 20-105 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT AND ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION
TESTING
1. Open the engine hood and remove belt protection covers (2 pieces).
2. Press the intermediate point between alternator pulley and fan pulley
with a finger and measure deflection “a” of the belt.
Deflection “a” when pressing force is approximately 58.8 N
{approximately 6 kg}: 13 mm
ADJUSTING
If the deflection is abnormal, adjust it according to the following
procedure.
2. Turn nut (4) to move alternator (5) and adjust the belt tension.
If nut (4) is:
tightened clockwise, the belt tension is decreased.
loosened counterclockwise, the belt tension is increased.
Check breakage of the pulleys, wear of the V-grooves and V-belts,
and contact of the belts and V-grooves.
If a belt is lengthened to the adjustment limit, cut, or cracked, replace it new one.
20-106 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION
TESTING
1. Open the engine hood and remove belt protection covers (2 pieces).
ADJUSTING
If the deflection is abnormal, adjust it according to the following
procedure.
PC400LC-7L 20-107 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SWING CIRCLE BEARING CLEARANCE
1. Fix dial gauge J to outer race (1) or inner race (2) of the swing circle
and apply the probe to the end face of inner race (2) or outer race (1)
on the opposite side.
Set dial gauge J on the front or at rear side of the machine.
2. Set the work equipment in the maximum reach position and set the
bucket tip at the height of the revolving frame bottom.
At this time, the front end of the upper structure lowers and the
rear end rises.
4. Set the arm at almost right angle to the ground and lower the boom
until the track shoe at the front end of the machine rises.
At this time, the front end of the upper structure rises and the rear
end lowers.
6. Return the machine to the position of step 2 and check that dial gauge
J indicates 0 again.
If dial gauge J does not indicate 0, repeat steps 3 - 5.
20-108 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK SHOE TENSION
TESTING
1. Run the engine at low idling and move the machine forward by the
length of track on ground and stop slowly.
2. Place square bar [1] on the track shoe between idler (1) and 1st carrier
roller (2).
As the square bar [1], use an L-shape steel, etc. which will be
deflected less.
3. Measure maximum distance “a” between square bar [1] and track
shoe.
Standard maximum distance “a”: 10 - 30 mm
ADJUSTING
If the track shoe tension is abnormal, adjust it according to the
following procedure.
PC400LC-7L 20-109 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS
The oil pressure in work equipment, swing, and travel circuits can be
checked with the monitoring function of the monitor panel (For the
operating method, see “Special functions of monitor panel”).
Monitoring code: 01100 F Pump Pressure
01101 R Pump Pressure
The pump oil pressure is displayed in 1 kg/cm2 (1 psi).
MEASURING
1. Preparation work
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine. Operate the control
levers several times to release the residual
pressure in the piping, and then loosen the
oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to
release the internal pressure of the
hydraulic tank.
A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up
plugs (1) and (2).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.
20-110 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS
12
2. Combination of pump, actuator, and valve
When the oil from the pumps is divided, the front pump and rear pump act independently on each actuator. Note that
different actuators relieve different valves.
When the work equipment circuit or swing circuit is relieved singly, the oils of the pumps are merged. When the
travel circuit is relieved singly, the oils of the pumps are divided.
The actuators in the table are arranged in the order when the
control valve is seen from the front of the machine (and an
Pump Actuator Valve relieved
attachment is installed to the service valve).
(F unload valve) (F main relief valve)
3. Measuring unload pressure Service Safety valve for service
Boom Hi
F main relief valve
A. Start the engine. Arm Hi
Front Bucket F main relief valve
B. Run the engine at high idling and set all the control levers in Left travel F main relief valve
neutral and measure the oil pressure.
RAISE: F main relief
The pressure measured when the unload valve is unloaded is valve
indicated. Boom LOWER: Safety-suction
valve
4. Measuring work equipment circuit relief pressure (Pump merge-divider valve) (Travel junction valve)
(Self-pressure reducing valve)
A. Start the engine and move the cylinder to be measured to the Swing Swing motor safety valve
stroke end.
Rear Right travel R main relief valve
B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the cylinder and measure Arm Lo R main relief valve
the oil pressure. (R unload valve) (R main relief valve)
The pressure measured when the main relief valve is relieved (Centralized safety valve) (Back pressure valve)
is indicated.
If the one-touch power maximizing switch is released, the
valve is relieved at low pressure. If the former is pressed, the lower is relieved at high pressure.
If the swing lock switch is turned ON, the 2-stage relief valve is kept turned ON and the valve is relieved at high
pressure. Accordingly, keep the swing lock switch turned OFF.
A. Start the engine and turn the swing lock switch ON.
B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the swing circuit and measure the oil pressure.
The pressure measured when the swing motor safety valve is relieved is indicated.
The swing motor relief pressure is lower than the main relief valve.
B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the travel circuit and
measure the oil pressure.
The pressure measured when the main relief valve is relieved
is indicated. The travel circuit is always relieved at high
pressure.
PC400LC-7L 20-111 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS
12
ADJUSTING
The unload valve cannot be adjusted.
F. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal according to the procedure for measurement
described above.
20-112 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS
12
C. Turn holder (10) to adjust the pressure.
If the holder is
turned to the right, the pressure rises.
turned to the left, the pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment per turn of holder: Approximately 258 kg/cm2 (3669 psi).
F. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal according to the procedure for measurement
described above.
PC400LC-7L 20-113 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS
12
C. Fixing adjustment screw (15), tighten locknut (16).
Locknut: 147 - 196 Nm (108.4 - 144.5 lbf ft)
20-114 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTROL CIRCUIT - BASIC PRESSURE
1. Remove the control valve top cover and remove control circuit basic
pressure pick-up plug (1).
The figure shows the control valve seen from inside of the pump
room.
3. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the operating
range.
4. Run the engine at high idling and set all the control levers in neutral
and measure the oil pressure.
The relief valve for the control circuit basic pressure is not
adjustable.
PC400LC-7L 20-115 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT
Testing and adjusting instruments for oil pressure in pump PC control circuit
Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-1502 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
M
799-101-5220 Nipple (10 x 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
MEASURING
Before measuring the oil pressure in the pump PC control circuit, check that the oil pressure in the work equipment,
swing, and travel circuits and the basic pressure in the control circuit are normal.
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.
A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (3), and (4).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(3): Front PC valve output pressure pickup plug.
(4): Rear PC valve output pressure pickup plug.
20-116 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.
D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge pressure and PC valve output pressure (servo piston
inlet pressure) at the same time under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Swing lock switch: ON (2-stage relief solenoid valve is turned ON and oil is relieved at high pressure)
Work equipment, swing, and travel circuits: Relieve by moving arm IN.
Judging method: If the pump discharge pressure and PC valve output pressure (servo piston output pressure) are
as follows, they are normal.
Measured pressure Pressure ratio
Pump discharge pressure 1
PC valve output pressure Approximately 0.6 (3/5)
If the PC valve or servo piston is abnormal, the PC valve output pressure (servo piston output pressure) becomes
“the same as the pump discharge pressure” or “almost 0”.
E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
PC400LC-7L 20-117 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT
12
2. Measuring PC-EPC valve output pressure
A. Open the pump room cover and remove PC-EPC valve output
pressure pick-up plug (5).
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.
D. Set all the control levers in neutral and measure the oil pressure while running the engine at low idling and high
idling.
If the PC-EPC valve output pressure changes as shown below, it is normal.
Engine Control lever Oil pressure
Low idling 30 kg/cm2
(426.7 psi)
Neutral
High idling 0 kg/cm2
(0 psi)
E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
20-118 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT
12
ADJUSTING
If any of the following phenomena occurs and the PC valve seems to be defective, adjust PC valves (6) and (7) according
to the procedure shown below.
When the working load is increased, the engine speed lowers largely.
The engine speed is normal but the work equipment speed is low.
(6): Front pump PC valve.
(7): Rear pump PC valve.
The width across flats of the locknut for the PC valve is 13 mm
and that of the adjustment screw (inside width) is 4 mm. Do not
turn any other locknut or adjustment screw since it has effects on
the hydraulic pumps.
PC400LC-7L 20-119 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT
Testing and adjusting instruments for oil pressure in pump LS control circuit
Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
N 799-101-5220 Nipple (10 Þ 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
3 799-401-2701 Differential pressure gauge
MEASURING
Before measuring the oil pressure in the pump LS control circuit, check that the oil pressure in the work equipment,
swing, and travel circuits and the basic pressure in the control circuit are normal.
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.
A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (3), and (4).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(3): Front LS valve output pressure pickup plug.
(4): Rear LS valve output pressure pickup plug.
20-120 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range and push up the track shoe on the side to be
measured with the work equipment.
When measuring front circuit: Left track shoe.
When measuring rear circuit: Right track shoe.
WARNING! Since the track shoe pushed up will be
driven idle for measurement, secure
sufficient work area.
D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge
pressure and LS valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure)
at the same time under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Work equipment, swing, and travel control levers: Measure
with all the levers in neutral and measure with only the travel
lever operated halfway (with the track shoe on one side
driven idle).
Check the safety around the machine, drive the track shoe
pushed up idle.
Judging method:
If the pump discharge pressure and LS valve output pressure
(servo piston output pressure) are as follows, they are normal.
Pressure ratio
Measured pressure All levers Travel lever operated
in neutral halfway
Pump discharge pressure Almost 1
LS valve output pressure same Approximately 0.6 (3/5)
E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (5), and (6).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
PC400LC-7L 20-121 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range and push up the track shoe on the side to be
measured with the work equipment.
When measuring front circuit: Left track shoe.
When measuring rear circuit: Right track shoe
WARNING! Since the track shoe pushed up will be
driven idle for measurement, secure
sufficient work area.
D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge
pressure and LS pressure (actuator load pressure) at the same time
under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Travel speed: Hi
Work equipment, swing, and travel control levers: Measure with all the levers in neutral and measure with only
the travel lever operated halfway (with the track shoe on one side driven idle).
Check the safety around the machine, drive the track shoe pushed up idle.
Calculation of LS differential pressure (When oil pressure gauge is used): LS differential pressure = Pump
discharge pressure – LS pressure.
If the LS differential pressure is as follows, it is normal.
Operation of lever LS differential pressure
Set all levers in neutral Unload pressure (See standard values table)
Operate travel lever halfway (Run track shoe idle) Specified LS differential pressure (See standard values table)
E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
20-122 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT
12
3. Measuring LS-EPC valve output pressure.
A. Open the pump room cover and remove LSEPC valve output
pressure pick-up plug (7).
C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.
D. Operate the travel speed switch and travel lever and measure the
oil pressure while running the engine at high idling.
If the LS-EPC valve output pressure changes as shown below,
it is normal.
Travel speed Travel lever Oil pressure
Lo Neutral 30 kg/cm2 (427 psi)
Hi Fine operation (Remark) 0 kg/cm 2 (0 psi)
Remark
Operate the travel lever to a degree that the PPC oil pressure
switch is turned ON (Stop before the machine starts
traveling).
E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
PC400LC-7L 20-123 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT
12
ADJUSTING
If the LS differential pressure is abnormal, adjust LS valves (8) and (9)
according to the following procedure.
(8): Front pump LS valve.
(9): Rear pump LS valve.
20-124 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE
1. Remove the control valve top cover and disconnect outlet hose (1) – (7) of the solenoid valve to be removed.
Since the outlet hoses of the PPC lock solenoid valves have quick couplers on the solenoid valve side, measure the
pressure on the PPC valve side (on the back side of the operator’s cab)
.
No. Solenoid valve to be measured
1 2-stage relief solenoid valve
2 Machine push-up solenoid valve
3 Swing holding brake solenoid valve
4 Travel speed selector solenoid valve
5 Merge-divider solenoid valve
6 Travel junction solenoid valve
7 PPC lock solenoid valve
PC400LC-7L 20-125 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE
12
4. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating
range.
5. Run the engine at high idling, operate the control levers and switches
to turn the solenoid valve ON or OFF, and measure the oil pressure.
For the conditions for turning the solenoid valve ON and OFF, see
the operations table of each solenoid valve.
The operating condition of the solenoid valve can be checked with
the monitoring function of the monitor panel (For the operating
method, see “Monitor Panel - Special Functions”).
ON (Energized) Almost same as control basic pressure (See standard values table)
6. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Operation table of 2nd-stage relief solenoid valve
20-126 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE
12
Operation table of travel speed shifting solenoid valve
Operating condition
Lock OFF
Safety lock lever
Free ON
PC400LC-7L 20-127 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE
1. Remove the control valve top cover and operator’s cab undercover.
2. Disconnect PPC oil pressure switch or PPC pressure sensor (1) - (10) of the solenoid valve to be removed.
If the starting switch is turned ON while the arm IN or bucket
CURL PPC pressure sensor is disconnected, an electrical
equipment system error is detected. Accordingly, if the pressure
sensor is removed, connect it to the connector again and clamp it
to the nearest bracket, etc.
No. Circuit to be measured No. Circuit to be measured
1 Boom RAISE (S06) 7 Swing LEFT (S07)
2 Boom LOWER (S02) 8 Swing RIGHT (S03)
3 Arm IN (S04) 9 Travel (S30)
4 Arm OUT (S08) 10 Steering (S31)
5 Bucket CURL (S01)
6 Bucket DUMP (S05)
3. Install joint Q2 and nipple [1] of hydraulic tester Q1 and connect them
to oil pressure gauge [2].
Use joint Q2 only when measuring the pressure at the pressure
sensor mounting part.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853 psi)
The figure shows the measuring instruments installed to the
mounting part of the arm IN PPC pressure sensor.
20-128 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE
12
4. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating
range.
5. Run the engine at high idling and measure the oil pressure while the control lever of the measured circuit is in neutral and
while it is operated to the stroke end.
If the PPC valve output pressure is as follows, the solenoid valve is normal.
Operation of lever Output pressure
In neutral 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi)
Operated to stroke end Almost same as control basic
pressure (See standard values table)
6. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
PC400LC-7L 20-129 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT
3. Loosen locknut (2) and tighten disc (3) until it touches the heads of 4
pistons (4).
Do not move the piston at this time.
4. Fix disc (3) and tighten locknut (2) to the specified torque.
Locknut: 98 - 127 Nm (73 - 93 lbf ft)
20-130 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE
If the work equipment (cylinder) drifts hydraulically, check to see if the cause is on the cylinder packing side or control
valve side according to the following procedure.
B. When testing the boom cylinder, set the boom control lever in the
RAISE position. When testing the bucket cylinder, set the bucket
control lever in the CURL position.
If the lowering speed is increased at this time, the cylinder
packing is defective.
If the lowering speed does not change at this time, the control
valve is defective.
Operate the control lever while the starting switch is in the
ON position.
If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the
accumulator.
A. Stop the arm cylinder about 100 mm before the IN stroke end and
stop the engine.
A. If the machine is set in the above position (where the holding pressure is applied to the bottom side), the oil leaks
from the bottom side to the head side. Since the volume on the head side is less than that on the bottom side by the
volume of the rod, the pressure in the head side is increased by the oil flowing in from the bottom side.
B. As the pressure in the head side is increased, it is balanced at a certain level (which depends on the leakage), and then
the lowering speed is lowered.
C. If the circuit on the head side is opened to the drain circuit by the above operation of the lever (the bottom side is
closed by the check valve at this time), the oil on the head side flows in the drain circuit. As a result, the pressure is
unbalanced and the lowering speed is increased.
PC400LC-7L 20-131 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE
12
3. Testing PPC valve.
While the pressure in the accumulator is high, set the safety lock lever in the LOCK/FREE position and measure the
lowering distance.
Operate the control lever while the starting switch is in the ON position.
If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the
accumulator.
If there is a difference in the lowering distance between the LOCK position and FREE position, the PPC valve is
defective (it has an internal defect).
20-132 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
A. Lower the work equipment to the ground in a stable position and stop the engine.
B. Loosen oil filler cap (1) of the hydraulic tank gradually to release
the air in the tank.
A. Release the residual pressure in the hydraulic tank. For details, see
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC
TANK.
Keep the oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank removed.
B. Turn the starting switch ON and set the safety lock lever in the FREE position, and then operate the work equipment
control levers on both sides forward, backward, to the right, and to the left.
The control valve is operated by the pressure in the accumulator. The pressure in the accumulator is used up,
however, after the control valve is operated 2 - 3 times.
C. Run the engine at low idling for 5 seconds to heighten the pressure in the accumulator.
When starting engine, set the safety lock lever in the LOCK position.
D. Repeat steps B and C above 2 - 3 times, and the residual pressure in the piping is released.
PC400LC-7L 20-133 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE
A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.
B. Move the boom cylinder to the RAISE stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the boom cylinder head side. For details,
see RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in
the boom RAISE direction only, however).
C. Disconnect hose (1) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side. 07379-01044
(Flange #10)
D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the boom circuit by
raising the boom.
WARNING! Take care not to “lower the boom”.
A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.
B. Move the arm cylinder to the IN stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the arm cylinder head side. For details, see
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in the
arm IN direction only, however).
C. Disconnect hose (2) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side. 07379-01044
(Flange #10)
D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the arm circuit by
moving the arm IN.
WARNING! Take care not to “move the arm OUT”.
20-134 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE
12
3. Measuring oil leakage from bucket cylinder.
A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.
B. Move the bucket cylinder to the CURL stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the bucket cylinder head side. For details,
see RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in
the arm CURL direction only, however).
C. Disconnect hose (3) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07379-01044 (Flange #10)
D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the bucket circuit by
curling the bucket.
WARNING! Take care not to “dump the bucket”.
A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.
B. Disconnect drain hose (4) and block the hose side with a plug.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07376-70522 (Plug #05)
D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the swing circuit by
swinging.
Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since
relieving is started.
After measuring 1 time, swing 180°, and then measure again.
PC400LC-7L 20-135 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE
12
5. Measuring oil leakage from travel motor.
B. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the
operating range, and then lock the travel system and stop the
engine.
WARNING! Put pin [1] between the sprocket and track
frame to lock the travel system securely.
C. Disconnect drain hose (5) of the travel motor and block the hose
side with a plug.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07376-70522 (Plug #05)
D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the travel circuit.
WARNING! Wrong operation of the lever can cause an
accident. Accordingly, make signs and
checks securely.
Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since
relieving is started.
Measure several times, moving the motor a little (changing
the position of the valve plate and cylinder and that of the
cylinder and piston) each time.
20-136 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART
Remark
Bleed air from the swing motor and travel motor only when the oil in the motor cases is drained.
B. If the oil does not flow out, disconnect drain hose (2) and fill the
pump case with oil through the drain port.
Fix the drain hose adapter to a place higher than the oil level
in the hydraulic tank.
Fill the pump case with oil until oil containing no bubbles
flows out of the bleeder.
2. Starting engine.
When running the engine after performing step 1, keep its speed at low idling for 10 minutes.
If the engine water temperature is low and the automatic warm-up operation is started, stop the engine temporarily
and reset the automatic warm-up operation with the fuel control dial (Set the starting switch in the ON position and
hold the fuel control dial in the MAX position for 3 seconds, and the automatic warm-up operation is reset).
PC400LC-7L 20-137 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART
12
3. Bleeding air from cylinder.
If a cylinder was replaced, bleed air from it before connecting the work equipment. In particular, the boom cylinder
does not move to the lowering stroke end, if it is installed to the work equipment.
B. Running the engine at low idling, raise and lower the boom 4 - 5 times.
Stop the piston rod about 100 mm before each stroke end. Do not relieve the oil.
D. Running the engine at low idling, move the piston rod to the stroke end and relieve the oil.
E. Bleed air from the arm cylinder and bucket cylinder according to steps B - D.
B. Loosen hose (3) of port S slowly and check that oil flows out.
WARNING! At this time, do not perform the swinging
operation.
C. If the oil does not flow out, stop the engine and disconnect the
hose of port S and fill the pump case with oil.
After filling the pump case with oil, connect the hose of port
S, and then repeat steps A and B.
D. After oil containing no bubbles flows out, tighten the hose of port
S.
E. Using the work equipment, raise the track shoe on either side.
F. Drive the raised track shoe idle slowly for about 2 minutes.
Drive the track shoe on the opposite side idle similarly.
20-138 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART
12
6. Check oil level and starting work.
A. Run the engine, retract the arm cylinder and bucket cylinder to the
stroke ends, lower the work equipment to the ground, and stop the
engine.
B. Check the oil level by sight gauge (5) of the hydraulic tank.
If the oil level is between lines H and L, it is normal.
If the oil level is below line L, add new oil.
PC400LC-7L 20-139 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING DIODE TESTING PROCEDURE
A. Set the tester in the diode range and check the indicated value.
If an ordinary tester is used, the voltage of the battery in itself
is indicated.
B. Apply the red (+) test pin to the anode (P) side of the diode and
the black (–) test pin to the cathode (N) side and read the indicated
value.
B. Apply the test pins as shown below and check movement of the
pointer.
i. Apply the red (+) test pin to the anode (P) side of the diode
and the black (–) test pin to the cathode (N) side.
ii. Apply the red (+) test pin to the cathode (N) side of the diode
and the black (–) test pin to the anode (P) side.
20-140 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
[1] Numeral input switch 1 [6] Numeral input switch 6 [ ] Return switch
[2] Numeral input switch 2 [7] Numeral input switch 7 [∆ ] Move-up switch
[3] Numeral input switch 3 [8] Numeral input switch 8 [ ] Move-down switch
[4] Numeral input switch 4 [9] Numeral input switch 9 [ ] Input check switch
[5] Numeral input switch 5 [0] Numeral input switch 0
PC400LC-7L 20-141 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
ORDINARY FUNCTIONS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL
The monitor panel has the ordinary functions and special functions and displays various pieces of information on the
multi-display unit.
Some items are displayed automatically according to the internal setting of the monitor panel and the others are displayed by
operating switches.
20-142 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF OPERATOR’S MENU
(OUTLINE)
Only outline of the operating method is described in this section. For
details of contents and operation of each menu, see OPERATION
MANUAL or the volume of STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION.
PC400LC-7L 20-143 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
5. Function of checking working mode and travel speed.
After the screen for check before starting is displayed, the symbol
marks of the working mode and travel speed are displayed in large size
for 2 seconds to urge the operator to check the setting.
20-144 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
9. Function of checking maintenance information.
The operator can check the detailed information about the
maintenance items (set time and elapsed time) and reset them after
checking with the maintenance switches.
The maintenance function is set and reset and the maintenance
time is set with the service menu.
PC400LC-7L 20-145 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
13. Function of displaying user code.
If the machine has any failure, the corresponding user code is
displayed to urge the operator to take a proper remedy, depending on
the degree of the failure.
If any switch is operated while the user code is displayed, the
service code and failure code screen appears (See 14).
20-146 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
14. Function of displaying error code and failure code.
While a user code is displayed, if the following switches are operated,
the phone mark (if registered), phone No. (if registered), error code,
and failure code are displayed in order.
Operation of switch: [ ]
The following are displayed in order repeatedly as the switch is
operated.
(1) Phone mark
The phone mark and phone No. are displayed only when the
phone No. is registered in the monitor panel. The phone No. is
registered, changed, or deleted with the service menu.
For details of the displayed error code and failure code, see the
error codes and failure codes table.
PC400LC-7L 20-147 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Table for Error and Failure Code Nos.
--- E206 Travel Speed Sol. S/C DW43KB Travel Speed Hi/Lo Short Circuit
Selector Solenoid Valve
--- E211 Travel Junction Sol. Disc. DW91KA Travel Neutral Solenoid Disconnection
Valve
E03 E213 Swing Brake Sol. Disc. DW45KA Swing Holding Brake Disconnection
Solenoid Valve
Pump Merge-divider
--- E214 Merge-divider Sol. Disc. DWJ0KA Solenoid Valve Disconnection
--- E215 2-stage Relief Sol. Disc. DWK0KA 2-stage Relief Solenoid Disconnection
Valve
--- E216 Travel Speed Sol. Disc. DW43KA Travel Speed Hi/Lo Disconnection
Selector Solenoid Valve
--- E217 Model Selection Abnormality DA2SKQ Pump Controller Model Disagreement of Model
Selection Wiring Harness Selection Signals
Pump Controller S-NET
E0E E218 S-Net Comm. Disc. DA2SKA Disconnection
Communication
--- E222 LS-EPC Sol. S/C DXE0KB LS-EPC Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
--- E223 LS-EPC Sol. Disc. DXE0KA LS-EPC Solenoid Valve Disconnection
--- E224 F Pump P. Sensor Abnormality DHPAMA F Pump Pressure Sensor Malfunction
--- E225 R Pump P. Sensor Abnormality DHPBMA R Pump Pressure Sensor Malfunction
Pump Controller Power
--- E226 Press. Sensor Power Abnormality DA25KP Supply Output Lowering of Output Voltage
--- E227 Engine Speed Sensor Abnormality DLE2MA Engine Speed Sensor Malfunction
--- E228 Service Return Relay S/C D196KB ATT Selector Relay Short Circuit
E02 E232 PC-EPC Sol. S/C DXA0KB TVC Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
20-148 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Error code Failure code
Code Contents Code Component Trouble
E02 E233 PC-EPC Sol. Disc. DXA0KA TVC Solenoid Valve Disconnection
--- E238 Service Return Relay Disc. D196KA ATT Selector Relay Disconnection
--- E245 Service Current EPC S/C DXE4KB ATT Flow Throttle EPC Valve Short Circuit
--- E246 Service Current EPC Disc. DXE4KA ATT Flow Throttle EPC Valve Disconnection
--- E247 Arm Curl PPC Sen. Abnormality DHS3MA Arm IN PPC Pressure Sensor Malfunction
--- E248 Bucket Curl PPC Sen. Abnormality DHS4MA Bucket CURL PPC Pressure Malfunction
Sensor
--- E251 Overload Sensor Abnormality DHX1MA Malfunction
Pump Controller CAN
E0E E257 Pump Comm. Abnormality DA2RMC Defective Operation
Communication
--- E315 Battery Relay Drive S/C D110KB Battery Relay Short Circuit
Disagreement of Speed
E11 E91B Engine Ne Sensor Problem DLE3LC NE Speed Sensor Signal
E11 E91C Engine G Sensor Problem DLH1LC G Speed Sensor Disagreement of Speed
Signal
Engine Controller Model Disagreement of Model
E11 E920 Engine Type Selection Error DB29KQ Selection Wiring Harness Selection Signals
E11 E921 Engine Type Mismatch DB20KQ Engine Controller Disagreement of Model
Selection Signals
E14 E931 Fuel Dial sys. error DK10KX Throttle Angle Sensor Out of input signal range
Engine Coolant Temperature
E15 E934 Engine Coolant Sensor Hi Error DGE2KX Out of input signal range
Sensor
E15 E936 Engine Oil Press. Sw. Error DDE2L6 Engine Oil Pressure Switch Disagreement of signal
with operation of engine
E11 E93C Engine Boost Sensor Error DH30KX Boost Pressure Sensor Out of input signal range
E15 E93D Engine Fuel Temp. Sensor Error DGE4KX Fuel Temperature Sensor Out of input signal range
Engine Controller CAN
E0E E953 Engine Comm. Abnormality DB2RMC Communication Defective Operation
--- E954 Short Engine Starter SW. DD11KB Starter SW. Short circuit
E0E E955 Engine S-NET error DB2SMC Engine Controller S-NET Defective Operation
Communication
Engine Controller Load Power Lowering of source
E10 E956 Engine Power Failure (1) DB22KK Supply Line voltage (Input)
E15 E957 Engine Power Failure (2) D1D0KB Engine Controller Load Power Short Circuit
Supply Relay
Rotary Switch in Engine
--- E95A Engine Q-adj. Sw. Signal Error DB2AMA Malfunction
Controller
E15 E96A Engine Coolant Sensor Lo Error DGE3L6 Engine Coolant Temperature Disagreement of signal
Sensor with operation of engine
E11 E970 PCV1 Over Current AD11KB Supply Pump (1) Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E971 PCV2 Over Current AD51KB Supply Pump (2) Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E974 PCV1 Line Cut AD11KA Supply Pump (1) Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E975 PCV2 Line Cut AD51KA Supply Pump (2) Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E977 Rail Press. Sensor Error DH40KX Common Rail Pressure Sensor Out of input signal range
PC400LC-7L 20-149 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Error code Failure code
Code Contents Code Component Trouble
Abnormally High Fuel
E11 E979 Rail Press. High 1 AD00L2 Common Rail Pressure
E11 E97A Rail Press. High 2 AD00MA Common Rail Malfunction
E15 E97B Rail press. low AD10L3 Supply Pump Out of control
E11 E97C Rail press. too low AD10MB Supply Pump Lowering of Function
E11 E97D Rail Press. Out of Control AD10MA Supply Pump Malfunction
E11 E980 Eng. Controller Abnormality DB20KT Engine Controller Abnormality in Controller
E11 E981 Fuel Injector 1 Disc. ADA1KA Injector 1 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E982 Fuel Injector 2 Disc. ADB1KA Injector 2 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E983 Fuel Injector 3 Disc. ADC1KA Injector 3 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E984 Fuel Injector 4 Disc. ADD1KA Injector 4 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E985 Fuel Injector 5 Disc. ADE1KA Injector 5 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E986 Fuel Injector 6 Disc. ADF1KA Injector 6 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E98A Fuel Injector 1 - 3 S/C ADAZKB Injector 1, 2, 3 Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E98B Fuel Injector 4 - 6 S/C ADDZKB Injector 4, 5, 6 Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E22 E922 Eng. Hi Out of Std A000N1 Engine Overrun
--- Eng. Lo Out of Std A000N2 Engine Out of input signal range
--- Aircleaner Clogging AA10NX Air Cleaner Element Clogging
--- Charge Voltage Low AB00KE Alternator Defective Charge
--- Eng. Oil Press. Low B@BAZG Engine Oil Lowering of Oil Pressure
--- Eng. Oil LvI. Low B@BAZK Engine Oil Lowering of level
--- Eng. Water Overheat B@BCNS Coolant Overheating
--- Eng. Water Lvl Low B@BCZK Coolant Lowering of level
--- Hydr. Oil Overheat B@HANS Hydraulic Oil Overheating
The items in this table are arranged in the order of the error codes.
The error codes having no numbers in the user code column and the failure codes having no numbers in the user code
column and error code column are not displayed on the normal screen, even if abnormality related to them occurs. They
are simply recorded in the failure history of the service menu (Electrical equipment system or mechanical equipment
system).
The history division column shows in which division each failure is classified, the electrical equipment system or
mechanical equipment system, when it is recorded in the failure history.
Letter “E” at the head of each error code indicates the following condition.
With E: The failure has not been repaired yet.
Without E: The failure has been repaired.
20-150 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF SERVICE MENU
How to select service menu
When using the service menu, perform the following special operation
to change the screen.
A. Checking display.
Check that the ordinary screen is displayed.
The service menu can be selected only while the ordinary
screen is displayed.
B. Operating switches.
Operate the following switches.
Operation of switches: [∆] [1] [2] [3] (While
pressing [∆], press the numeral keys)
PC400LC-7L 20-151 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
15. Function of monitoring [01].
The monitor panel monitors the signals from various switches,
sensors, and actuators installed to various parts of the machine. The
operator can display and check the monitoring information in real time
by the following operation.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “01 Monitoring”
and press the [ ] switch.
20-152 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
D. Function of holding monitoring information.
If the [∆] switch is pressed during the monitoring operation, all
the monitoring information is held. If the [ ] switch is pressed
while the monitoring information is held, the monitoring
information is released.
PC400LC-7L 20-153 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Monitoring items list
20-154 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Unit (Default: ISO)
Code No. Monitoring item Remarks
SI meter inch
Swing ON/OFF
Travel ON/OFF
Boom Lower ON/OFF
01900 Pressure Switch 1
Boom Raise ON/OFF
Arm Curl ON/OFF
Arm Dump ON/OFF
Bucket Curl ON/OFF
Bucket Dump ON/OFF
01901 Pressure Switch 2
Service ON/OFF
Travel Steering ON/OFF
Travel Junction ON/OFF
Swing Brake ON/OFF
02300 Solenoid 1 Merge-divider ON/OFF
2-stage Relief ON/OFF
Travel Speed ON/OFF
02301 Solenoid 2 Service Return ON/OFF
Lever Sw. ON/OFF
02200 Switch Input 1 Swing Release Sw. ON/OFF
Swing Brake Sw. ON/OFF
Model Select 1 ON/OFF
Model Select 2 ON/OFF
02201 Switch Input 2 Model Select 3 ON/OFF
Model Select 4 ON/OFF
Model Select 5 ON/OFF
02202 Switch Input 3 Key Switch (ACC) ON/OFF
03700 Controller Output 1 Batt. Relay Dr. ON/OFF
Key Switch ON/OFF
Start ON/OFF
04500 Monitor Input 1 Preheat ON/OFF
Light ON/OFF
Rad. Level ON/OFF
Aircleaner ON/OFF
04501 Monitor Input 2 Eng. Oil Level ON/OFF
Battery Charge ON/OFF
Swing Brake Sw. ON/OFF
Bzzr Cancel Sw. ON/OFF
04502 Monitor Input 3 Window Limit Sw. ON/OFF
W Limit Sw. ON/OFF
P Limit Sw. ON/OFF
PC400LC-7L 20-155 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
Unit (Default: ISO)
Codem No. Monitoring item Remarks
SI meter inch
Key SW (C) ON/OFF
Eng. Oil Press. Lo ON/OFF
Eng. Oil Press. Hi ON/OFF
17400 Eng. Controller Input
Machine Sel. 1 ON/OFF
Machine Sel. 2 ON/OFF
Machine Sel. 3 ON/OFF
36800 Q Adjust Switch R (ROT-SW1) Alphanumerals
36801 Q Adjust Switch L (ROT-SW2) Alphanumerals
Pump Controller ON/OFF
05100 S-NET Connection
Eng. Controller ON/OFF
20200 Monitor Prog. Version Numerals
20212 Pump Con. Prog. Version Numerals
20209 Eng. Con. Prog. Version Numerals
As the unit of display, one of “SI unit system”, “Metric unit system”, and “Inch unit system” can be selected.
The unit of display can be changed with “Selecting unit” in the “Setting initial values” function of the service menu.
“CA” of the unit of display denotes the crankshaft angle.
20-156 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
16. Function of abnormality record [02].
The monitor panel classifies and records the past failures into the elec-
trical system group and mechanical system group. The operator can
display and check those failures by the following operation.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “02 Abnormality
Record” and press the [ ] switch.
B. Selecting sub-menu.
On the abnormality record menu screen, select a sub-menu and
press the [ ] switch.
No. Sub-menu of abnormality record
00 Return (Finish sub-menu)
01 Electrical systems
02 Mechanical systems
PC400LC-7L 20-157 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
E. Resetting electrical system abnormality record.
Only the abnormality record of the electrical system can be
reset (deleted). The abnormality record of the mechanical
system cannot be reset.
If necessary, reset each item or all items of the abnormality
record of the electrical system according to the following
procedure.
20-158 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
17. Function of maintenance record [03].
The monitor panel records the maintenance information about the
filters and oils. The operator can display and check that information by
the following operation.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “03 Maintenance
Record” and press the [ ] switch.
B. Displayed information.
(1) Names of oils and filters.
(2) Number of replacement times up to now.
(3) Service meter reading at previous replacement.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “04 Maintenance
Mode Change” and press the [ ] switch.
PC400LC-7L 20-159 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Menus “01” and “12” are used to set the whole maintenance mode and menus “02” - “11” are used to set the
items one by one.
ii. Set value: Maintenance time which operation can set freely.
Monitor panel operates according to this value in
maintenance mode. (This value can be changed by 50 hours
with [∆] and [ ] switches.)
20-160 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
19. Function of phone number entry [05].
The operator can input a phone No. and change it according to the
following procedure. Once the phone No. is input, it and service code
are displayed alternately when the user code is displayed.
If a phone No. is not input, the phone No. screen is not displayed.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “05 Phone
Number Entry” and press the [ ] switch.
i. Input a No. with the numeral keys from the cursor at the left
end.
PC400LC-7L 20-161 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
20. Function of initial setting and default [06].
The operator can change the following items related to the monitor
panel and machine, if necessary.
Working mode when starting switch is turned ON.
Language displayed on service menu.
Unit displayed in monitoring function mode.
With/Without attachment.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “06 Function of
initial setting and default” and press the [ ] switch.
B. Selecting sub-menu.
Select a sub-menu to change its setting and press the [ ] switch.
20-162 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
D. Function of setting language.
The operator can select Japanese or English as the language
displayed on the service menu.
The default language of the monitor panel is English.
When using a spare monitor panel in the Japanese language
area, select Japanese with this function.
PC400LC-7L 20-163 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
21. Function of adjustment [07].
The operator can adjust various items of the machine on the monitor
panel.
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “07 Adjustment”
and press the [ ] switch.
B. Selecting sub-menu.
Select a sub-menu to change its setting and press the [ ] switch.
No. Sub-menu of adjustment
00 Return (Finish adjustment)
01 Pump absorption torque
Adjustment of oil flow for attachment in compound
02
operation
20-164 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
22. Function of cylinder cut out mode operation [09].
The operator can operate the machine in the cylinder cut out mode
with the monitor panel. Cylinder cut out mode operation means to run
the engine with 1 or more fuel injectors disabled electrically to reduce
the number of effective cylinders. This operation is used to find out a
cylinder which does not output power normally (or, combustion in it is
abnormal).
A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “09 Cylinder cut
out mode operation” and press the [ ] switch.
PC400LC-7L 20-165 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
12
D. Function of holding engine speed.
If the [∆] switch is pressed while the reduced cylinder mode
operation screen is used, the engine speed is held and displayed on
the lower line. If the [ ] switch is pressed while the engine speed
is held, holding of the engine speed is cancelled and the engine
speed displayed on the lower line goes off.
If the holding function is used, the held engine speed is
displayed in ( ) on the lower line and the current engine speed
is displayed on the upper line.
The holding function can be used both in and out of the
cylinder cut out mode.
The engine speed displayed by the holding function is held on the screen
until the holding function is cancelled, regardless of setting and
cancellation of the cylinder cut out mode. Accordingly, a defective cylinder
can be found out effectively according to the following procedure.
1. Run the engine normally (without disabling any cylinder) and hold the
engine speed.
3. Run the engine under the same condition as the normal operation in
step (1) and compare the engine speed at this time with the held engine
speed.
4. Cancel the cylinder cut out mode, regardless of the change of the
engine speed.
20-166 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING HANDLING OF ENGINE CONTROLLER
Normally, the engine controller outputs the high voltage to the fuel
injector only while the engine is running and stops outputting if the
engine stops.
WARNING! If you touch the high-voltage circuit directly, you may get an electric shock. To avoid this,
observe the following precautions.
2. When disconnecting or connecting a connector related to the high-voltage circuit, be sure to turn the starting switch OFF.
3. If a T-adapter is inserted in or connected to a connector related to the high-voltage circuit for troubleshooting, do not start
the engine.
You may turn the starting switch to the OFF or ON position but must not turn it to the START position.
PC400LC-7L 20-167 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Monitor panel.
2. Engine controller.
A. Open the right side cover and remove radiator sub tank (3) and
bracket together.
B. Remove the 4 mounting bolts and pull out engine controller (4).
20-168 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
12
3. Pump controller.
The pump controller is installed inside the cover at the rear of the
operator’s seat.
PC400LC-7L 20-169 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
20-170 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
Positions to install measuring devices (Related to engine)
PC400LC-7L 20-171 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
Positions to install measuring devices (Related to relief pressure and OLSS oil pressure)
20-172 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
PC400LC-7L 20-173 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
20-174 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
12
PC400LC-7L 20-175 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE
20-176 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING GENERAL
12
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-203
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-205
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
HANDLING WIRING HARNESSES AND CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
REMOVING, INSTALLING, AND DRYING CONNECTORS AND WIRING HARNESSES . . . . 20-208
HANDLING CONTROL BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-211
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRIC CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-212
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-212
CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-214
CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
CLASSIFICATION OF TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
PHENOMENA CONSIDERED TO BE FAILURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING NOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-216
CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF
EACH SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-219
MONITOR PANEL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (M CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-230
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (E CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-231
PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (P CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-232
CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-233
T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-254
CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-258
PC400LC-7L 20-201
TROUBLESHOOTING
12
MEMORANDUM
20-202 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING! Stop the machine in a level place, and check that the safety pin, blocks, and parking
brake are securely fitted.
WARNING! When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed
signals, and do not allow any unauthorized person to come near.
WARNING! If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot water may spurt out and cause
burns, so wait for the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting.
WARNING! Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts.
WARNING! When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect negative terminal of the battery first.
WARNING! When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water, or
air, always release the internal pressure first. When installing measuring equipment, be
sure to connect it properly.
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to prevent reoccurrence
of the failure. When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to understand the structure and function.
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form some idea of possible causes
of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms.
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components. If components are disassembled
immediately any failure occurs:
Parts that have no connection with the failure or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled.
It will become impossible to find the cause of the failure.
It will also cause a waste of man hours, parts, or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also lose the confidence of
the user or operator. For this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough prior
investigation and to carry out troubleshooting in accordance with the fixed procedure.
A. Have any other problems occurred apart from the problem that has been reported?
B. Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred?
C. Did the failure occur suddenly, or were there problems with the machine condition before this?
E. Had any repairs been carried out before the failure? When were these repairs carried out?
B. Check for any external leakage of oil from the piping or hydraulic equipment.
PC400LC-7L 20-203
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING
E. Other maintenance items can be checked externally, so check any item that is considered to be necessary.
4. Confirming failure
Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and judge whether to handle it as a real failure or as a problem with the
method of operation, etc.
When operating the machine to reenact the troubleshooting symptoms, do not carry out any investigation or
measurement that may make the problem worse.
5. Troubleshooting
Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 to 4 to narrow down the causes of failure, then use the
troubleshooting flow chart to locate the position of the failure exactly. The basic procedure for troubleshooting is as
follows.
20-204 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING
PC400LC-7L 20-205
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
To maintain the performance of the machine over a long period, and to prevent failures or other troubles before they occur,
correct operation, maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting, and repairs must be carried out. This section deals particularly
with correct repair procedures for mechatronics and is aimed at improving the quality of repairs. For this purpose, it gives
sections on Handling electric equipment and Handling hydraulic equipment, particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil.
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT
20-206 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
3. Disconnections in Wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are pulled apart, or
components are lifted with a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping of the connector may
separate, or the soldering may be damaged, or the wiring may be
broken.
PC400LC-7L 20-207
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
REMOVING, INSTALLING, AND DRYING CONNECTORS AND WIRING HARNESSES
DISCONNECTING CONNECTORS
20-208 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
CONNECTING CONNECTORS
A. Check that there is no oil, dirt, or water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).
If there is any oil, water, or dirt stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a dryer, but be careful not to make it
too hot as this will cause short circuits.
If there is any damage or breakage, replace the connector.
3. Correct any protrusion of the boot and any misalignment of the wiring
harness For connectors fitted with boots, correct any protrusion of the
boot. In addition, if the wiring harness is misaligned, or the clamp is
out of position, adjust it to its correct position.
If the connector cannot be corrected easily, remove the clamp and
adjust the position.
PC400LC-7L 20-209
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
DRYING WIRING HARNESS
If there is any oil or dirt on the wiring harness, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
Avoid washing it in water or using steam. If the connector must be washed
in water, do not use high pressure water or steam directly on the wiring
harness. If water gets directly on the connector, do as follows.
1. Disconnect the connector and wipe off water with a dry cloth.
If the connector is blown dry with compressed air, there is the risk
that oil in the air may cause faulty contact, so remove all oil and
water before blowing with air.
2. Dry the inside of the connector with a dryer. If water gets inside the
connector, use a dryer to dry the connector.
Hot air from the dryer can be used, but regulate the time that the
hot air is used in order not to make the connector or related parts
too hot, as this will cause deformation or damage to the connector.
3. Carry out a continuity test on the connector. After drying, leave the
wiring harness disconnected and carry out a continuity test to check
for any short circuits between pins caused by water.
After completely drying the connector, blow it with contact
restorer and reassemble.
20-210 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
HANDLING CONTROL BOX
4. Cover the control connectors with tape or a vinyl bag. Never touch the
connector contacts with your hand.
5. During rainy weather, do not leave the control box in a place where it
is exposed to rain.
6. Do not place the control box on oil, water, or soil, or in any hot place,
even for a short time, place it on a suitable dry stand.
7. Precautions when carrying out arc welding. When carrying out arc
welding on the body, disconnect all wiring harness connectors
connected to the control box. Fit an arc welding ground close to the
welding point.
PC400LC-7L 20-211
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
1. Always turn the power OFF before disconnecting or connect connectors.
2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If the power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary abnormality displays will be generated.
4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits; measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity, or current, move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no change in the reading of the tester.
If there is any change, there is probably faulty contact in that circuit.
Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or places where there is a lot of
dust.
SEALING OPENINGS
20-212 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE
12
DO NOT LET ANY DIRT OR DUST GET IN DURING REFILLING
OPERATIONS.
Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in when refilling with hydraulic oil.
Always keep the oil filler and the area around it clean, and also use clean
pumps and oil containers. If an oil cleaning device is used, it is possible to
filter out the dirt that has collected during storage, so this is an even more
effective method.
When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows easily. In addition, the sludge can also be drained out easily from the circuit
together with the oil, so it is best to change the oil when it is still warm. When changing the oil, as much as possible of the old
hydraulic oil must be drained out. Do not drain the oil from the hydraulic tank; also drain the oil from the filter and from the
drain plug in the circuit. If any old oil is left, the contaminants and sludge in it will mix with the new oil and will shorten the
life of the hydraulic oil.
FLUSHING OPERATIONS
CLEANING OPERATIONS
After repairing the hydraulic equipment; pump, control valve, etc. or when
running the machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the sludge or
contaminants in the hydraulic oil circuit. The oil cleaning equipment is
used to remove the ultra fine [about 3] particles that the filter built into the
hydraulic equipment cannot remove, so it is an extremely effective device.
PC400LC-7L 20-213
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING
Judgement
Item Action
value
1. Check fuel level, type of fuel --- Add fuel
2. Check for impurities --- Clean, drain
3. Check hydraulic oil level --- Add oil
4. Check hydraulic strainer --- Clean, drain
Lubricating 5. Check swing machinery oil level --- Add oil
oil, coolant 6. Check engine oil level, type of oil --- Add oil
7. Check coolant level --- Add water
8. Check dust indicator for clogging --- Clean or replace
9. Check hydraulic filter --- Replace
10. Check final drive oil level --- Add oil
1. Check for looseness, corrosion of battery terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
Electrical
2. Check for looseness, corrosion of alternator terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
equipment
3. Check for looseness, corrosion of starter motor terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
Hydraulic 1. Check for abnormal noise, smell --- Repair
mechanical 2. Check for oil leakage --- Repair
equipment 3. Carry out air bleeding --- Bleed air
1. Check battery voltage, engine stopped 20 to 30 V Replace
2. Check battery electrolyte level --- Add or replace
3. Check for discolored, burnt, exposed wires --- Replace
4. Check for missing wiring clamps, hanging wiring --- Repair
5. Check for water leaking on wiring (be particularly careful attention to water
Electronics, --- Disconnect and dry
leaking on connectors or terminals)
electrical
6. Check for blown, corroded fuses --- Replace
equipment
After running
for several
7. Check alternator voltage, ½ throttle or above Replace
minutes:
27.5 to 29.5 V
8. Check operating sound of battery, when switch is turned On/Off --- Replace
20-214 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
CLASSIFICATION OF TROUBLESHOOTING
Mode Content
Troubleshooting when Error Code (electrical system) and Failure Code (mechanical system) are
Code display
displayed.
E mode Troubleshooting of electrical system
H mode Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical systems
S mode Troubleshooting of engine
Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP MANUAL
1. Troubleshooting steps when calling User Code display in the monitor panel
In the User Code display, select and depress [ ] switch to display Error Code. Following displayed Error Code for the
electrical system, carry out the troubleshooting along the corresponding code display.
2. Troubleshooting steps when the electrical system Error Code or mechanical system Failure Code is recorded in the failure
history:
If not calling User Code in the monitor panel, check the electrical system Error Code or mechanical system Failure Code,
using the failure history function of the monitor panel.
If Error Code in the electrical system is recorded, delete the all codes once and revive the code in the display again to
check if the same abnormality still persists.
Failure Code in the mechanical system cannot be deleted.
3. Troubleshooting steps without User Code display and no failure history is available
If there is no display of User Code nor the failure history in the monitor panel, it is possible that a failure that the monitor
panel cannot diagnose by itself may have occurred in any of the electrical, hydraulic or mechanical system. In such a case,
reexamine the phenomenon, find out the most similar phenomenon from among “Failure like Phenomena and
Troubleshooting No.” and carry out E mode or H mode troubleshooting related to the phenomenon in question.
PC400LC-7L 20-215
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
12
PHENOMENA CONSIDERED TO BE FAILURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
NOS.
Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP MANUAL.
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures
Display of code E-mode H-mode S-mode
Possible faults related to user code, error code, or failure code
According to
1 User code is displayed on monitor panel displayed code
2 When failure history is checked, error code is displayed in electrical system
3 When failure history is checked, error code is displayed in mechanical system
Possible faults related to engine
4 Engine does not start easily (It always takes time to start) S-1
5 Engine does not start - Engine does not crank E-1 S-2 a)
6 Engine does not start - Engine cranks but exhaust smoke does not come out S-2 b)
7 Engine does not start - Exhaust smoke comes out but engine does not start S-2 c)
8 Engine speed does not rise sharply (Follow-up performance is low) S-3
9 Engine stops during operation S-4
10 Engine rotation is abnormal (Engine hunts) S-5
11 Output is insufficient (Power is low) S-6
12 Exhaust gas color is bad (Incomplete combustion) S-7
13 Oil is consumed much or exhaust gas color is bad S-8
14 Oil becomes dirty quickly S-9
15 Fuel is consumed much S-10
16 Coolant contains oil (or it blows back or reduces) S-11
17 Engine oil pressure caution lamp lights up (Oil pressure lowers) S-12
18 Oil level rises (Water or fuel is mixed in oil) S-13
19 Water temperature rises too high (Overheating) S-14
20 Abnormal sound comes out S-15
21 Vibration is excessive S-16
22 Engine is not preheated normally E-2
23 Automatic warm-up function does not work E-3
24 Automatic decelerator does not work E-4 H-5
Possible faults related to work equipment, swing, and travel
25 Speed or power of whole work equipment, travel, and swing is low H-1 S-6
26 Engine speed lowers extremely or engine stalls H-2 S-4
27 Work equipment, travel, and swing systems do not work E-5 H-3
28 Abnormal sound comes out from around hydraulic pump H-4
29 Fine control performance or response is low H-6
20-216 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
12
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures Display of E-mode H-mode S-mode
code
Possible faults related to work equipment
30 Speed or power of boom is low H-7
31 Speed or power of arm is low H-8
32 Speed or power of bucket is low H-9
33 Work equipment does not move singly H-10
34 Hydraulic drift of work equipment is large H-11
35 Time lag of work equipment is large H-12
36 When a work equipment device is relieved singly, other work equipment device H-13
moves
37 One-touch power maximizing function does not work E-6 H-14
38 Machine push-up function does not work normally E-7 H-15
39 Attachment circuit is not selected (when attachment is installed) E-8 H-30
40 Oil flow in attachment circuit cannot be adjusted (when attachment is installed) H-31
Possible faults related to compound operation
41 In compound operation of work equipment, speed of part loaded more is low H-16
42 When machine swings and raises boom simultaneously, boom rising speed is low H-17
43 When machine swings and travels simultaneously, travel speed lowers largely H-18
Possible faults related to travel
44 Machine deviates during travel H-19
45 Travel speed is low H-20
46 Machine is not steered well or steering power is low H-21
47 Travel speed does not change or it is lower or higher than set speed H-22
48 Travel motor does not work (only 1 side) H-23
49 Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding E-31
Possible faults related to swing
47 Machine does not swing H-24
48 Swing acceleration or swing speed is low H-25
50 Upper structure overruns remarkably when it stops swinging H-26
51 Large shock is made when upper structure stops swinging H-27
52 Large sound is made when upper structure stops swinging H-28
53 Hydraulic drift of swing is large H-29
Possible faults related to monitor panel (Operator menu: Ordinary screen)
54 No items are displayed on monitor panel E-9
55 Some items are not displayed on monitor panel E-10
56 Items displayed on monitor panel are not matched to machine model E-11
57 Fuel level monitor lights red while engine is running E-12
PC400LC-7L 20-217
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
12
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures Display of E-mode H-mode S-mode
code
58 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-13
59 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-14
60 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally E-15
61 Swing lock monitor does not indicate normally E-16
62 When monitor switches are operated, no items are displayed E-17
63 Windshield wiper or windshield washer does not operate E-18
64 Alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled E-19
Possible faults related to monitor panel (Service menu: Special function screen)
65 Monitoring function does not indicate “Boom RAISE“ normally. E-20
66 Monitoring function does not indicate “Boom LOWER“ normally. E-21
67 Monitoring function does not indicate “Arm IN“ normally. E-22
68 Monitoring function does not indicate “Arm OUT“ normally. E-23
69 Monitoring function does not indicate “Bucket CURL“ normally. E-24
70 Monitoring function does not indicate “Bucket DUMP“ normally. E-25
71 Monitoring function does not indicate “Swing” normally. E-26
72 Monitoring function does not indicate “Travel” normally. E-27
73 Monitoring function does not indicate “Travel differential pressure“ E-28
normally.
74 Monitoring function does not indicate "Service" normally. E-29
Other failure
75 Air conditioner does not operate (Troubleshooting for air conditioner E-31
system)
20-218 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
CONNECTORS LIST
The address of each connector roughly shows the place of the connector in the connectors stereogram and the circuit
diagram of each system.
Address
Connector No. of
No. Type pins Name of device M E P
Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
A01 X 4 Intermediate connector T-1 H-6 D-7 G-7
A02 X 4 Intermediate connector T-1 H-6 G-7
A03 DT 12 Intermediate connector N-2 H-6 D-7 G-7
A04 SWP 6 Intermediate connector O-1 G-6
A05 SWP 14 Intermediate connector T-1 H-5 G-6
A06 SWP 14 Intermediate connector O-1 H-5 G-5
A07 SWP 16 Intermediate connector S-1 A-4 D-7 G-5
A09 SWP 8 Intermediate connector N-2 G-5
A10 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding H-2 I-1 F-1 J-8
A11 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 F-1
A12 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 I-1
A13 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 I-1 J-8
A14 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding F-1 I-1 J-8
A15 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding J-3 I-1 J-8
A16 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding J-3 I-1 K-8
A20 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal E) D-1 L-5 K-9
A21 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal BR) D-2 J-6 K-9
A22 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal N) F-2 J-5 D-8 K-9
A23 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal B) F-2 J-6 K-9
A31 D 2 Air cleaner clogging sensor H-9 K-4
A33 X 2 Radiator water level sensor H-9 K-5
A34 L 2 Fusible link (65 A) D-2 K-6 K-9
A35 M 2 Fusible link (30 A) G-9 K-6 D-9 K-9
A40 Terminal 1 Horn (Low tone) G-9
A41 Terminal 1 Horn (High tone) G-9
A42 M 1 Intermediate connector H-9 J-7
A43 D 2 Travel alarm J-3 K-5
A44 M 1 Right headlamp D-5 K-7
A50 KES0 2 Windshield washer motor (Tank) L-5 K-5
A51 D 3 F pump oil pressure sensor L-8 L-5
A52 D 3 R pump oil pressure sensor L-7 L-5
A60 X 1 Fuel level sensor G-9 K-4
A61 D 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor L-5 K-5
A73 D 2 Fuel priming pump G-9
A80 DT 8 Intermediate connector S-1 H-3 D-6 G-4
AL/B Terminal 1 Alternator B terminal AE-6
AL/E Terminal 1 Alternator E terminal AE-6
AL/R Terminal 1 Alternator R terminal AE-6
C01 DRC 24 Pump controller U-9 A-3 A-8 A-8
C02 DRC 40 Pump controller U-9 A-3 A-8 A-7
C03 DRC 40 Pump controller W-9 A-2 A-6
C09 S 8 Model selection connector (Pump controller) W-9 B-1
CB1 DRC 24 Pump controller I-9 K-1 A-6 L-8
CB2 DRC 40 Pump controller I-9 K-1 A-5 L-8
CB3 DRC 40 Pump controller J-9 A-3
PC400LC-7L 20-219
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
CB5 DT 8 Model selection connector (Engine controller) J-9 A-7
CN1 DT 2 No. 1 fuel injector AI-2 K-3
CN2 DT 2 No. 2 fuel injector AI-3 K-2
CN3 DT 2 No. 3 fuel injector AJ-3 K-2
CN4 DT 2 No. 4 fuel injector AJ-5 K-2
CN5 DT 2 No. 5 fuel injector AJ-6 K-3
CN6 DT 2 No. 6 fuel injector AJ-6 K-2
D01 SWP 8 Concentrated diode W-7 A-9 A-4
D02 SWP 8 Concentrated diode W-5 A-8 A-4
E06 M 3 Fuel control dial P-7 K-7
ENE DT 2 Engine speed sensor AJ-5
ER02 HD30 31 Intermediate connector AF-8 J-3 I-5 K-6
ER03 HD30 31 Intermediate connector AF-8 I-3
F02 M 2 Rotary lamp AA-9
FB1 ó ó Fuse box V-2 I-9 E-7 G-8
G YAZAKI 2 Engine G sensor AH-2 K-3
GND DT 2 Joint connector (with diode) AJ-6
GND2 Terminal 1 Engine grounding AJ-5
GND3 Terminal 1 Engine grounding AE-7
H08 M 8 Intermediate connector W-6 J-8
H09 S 8 Intermediate connector W-6 J-8
H10 S 16 Intermediate connector T-9 D-6 I-7 E-2
H11 S 16 Intermediate connector S-9 D-6 E-2
H12 S 12 Intermediate connector S-9 D-5 I-6 E-2
H15 S090 20 Intermediate connector O-7 C-2 I-7 A-2
HT/B Terminal 1 Heater relay B terminal AH-9
HT/S Terminal 1 Heater relay S terminal AJ-7
J01 J 20 Junction connector (Black) T-9 C-9 H-9 B-9
J02 J 20 Junction connector (Black) T-9 D-9 C-1
J03 J 20 Junction connector (Green) U-9 D-9 H-9 C-9
J04 J 20 Junction connector (Green) V-3 E-9 H-9 C-9
J05 J 20 Junction connector (Pink) V-3 E-9 D-9
J06 J 20 Junction connector (Orange) W-3 F-9 I-9 D-9
J07 J 20 Junction connector (Orange) W-5 F-9 I-9 D-9
J08 J 20 Junction connector (Pink) W-5 I-9 E-9
K19 M 2 Pump resistor (For driving pump in emergency) W-5 B-1
K30 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance K-9 A-2 A-9 I-3
K31 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance N-4 A-4 K-6 E-1
M07 M 3 Light switch P-8 C-1
M09 M 1 Working lamp (Right front) E-9 K-7
M13 M 2 Speaker (Right) AC-9
M19 YAZAKI 2 Cigarette lighter N-3
M21 PA 9 Radio U-2
M22 Y090 2 Horn switch O-7
M23 Y090 2 One-touch power maximizing switch T-1 F-9
M26 S 12 Intermediate connector W-4
M27 YAZAKI 18 Air conditioner unit W-4
M29 040 20 Air conditioner control panel U-2
M30 040 16 Air conditioner control panel U-2
M31 M 2 Optional power supply (2) W-7
M32 M 2 Optional power supply (1) W-6
20-220 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
M33 M 2 Optional power supply (3) V-9
M33 SUMITOMO 4 Air conditioner unit W-4
M34 X 1 Air conditioner compressor electromagnetic clutch I-9
M37 Terminal 1 Horn switch (High tone) H-1
M38 Terminal 1 Horn switch (Low tone) G-1
M38 M 2 Machine push-up switch Q-8 A-1
M40 M 2 Working lamp Z-8 K-8
M41 M 2 Working lamp (Additional) Y-7 K-8
M42 M 1 Intermediate connector H-9 J-7, K-7
M43 M 1 Working lamp (Rear) J-9 K-7
M45 D 12 Intermediate connector W-7
M46 X 4 RS232C junction connector V-9 A-4
M71 M 2 Room lamp AA-8
M72 M 4 DC/DC converter U-2
M73 M 2 Speaker (Left) AD-8
M79 M 2 12-V accessory outlet V-9
NE YAZAKI 2 Engine Ne sensor AJ-5 K-4
OL DT 2 Engine oil level sensor AJ-3 K-2
P01 070 12 Monitor panel N-6 A-7 K-7 E-1
P02 040 20 Monitor panel N-5 A-6 K-6 E-1
P03 M 2 Buzzer cancel switch Q-8 D-1
P05 M 2 Rotary lamp switch U-2
P15 Y050 2 Air conditioner daylight sensor N-5
P70 040 16 Monitor panel N-5 A-5 K-6 E-1
PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Fuel supply pump PCV1 AH-2 K-1
PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Fuel supply pump PCV2 AI-2 K-1
PSH Terminal 1 Engine oil pressure switch (High pressure) AH-2 L-5
PSL Terminal 1 Engine oil pressure switch (Low pressure) AG-1 L-5
PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor AJ-4 K-5
PIM SUMITOMO 3 Boost pressure sensor AJ-8 K-5
R10 R 5 Light relay P-7 E-1
R11 R 5 Starting motor cutout relay (PPC lock) P-8 E-1
R13 R 5 Starting motor cutout relay (Personal code) Q-8 F-1
R20 R 5 ATT circuit selector relay W-7 E-9
R22 R 5 Power supply relay for engine controller W-6 G-9
R30 R 5 Air conditioner blower relay W-4
R31 R 5 Air conditioner compressor relay W-3
S01 D 4 Bucket CURL pressure sensor K-3 K-3
S02 X 2 Boom LOWER oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S03 X 2 Swing RIGHT oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S04 D 3 Arm IN pressure switch K-3 K-3
S05 X 2 Bucket DUMP oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S06 X 2 Boom RAISE oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S07 X 2 Swing LEFT oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S08 X 2 Arm DUMP oil pressure switch L-1 K-2
S09 X 2 Service oil pressure switch (Intermediate connector) L-1 K-1
S10 X 2 Service front oil pressure switch K-1 K-1
S11 X 2 Service rear oil pressure switch L-1 K-1
S14 M 3 Safety lock lever switch S-1 K-9 E-9
S21 Terminal 6 Emergency pump drive switch R-9 C-1
S22 Terminal 6 Swing holding brake release switch R-8 D-1
PC400LC-7L 20-221
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
S25 S090 16 Intermediate connector R-9 C-2
S30 X 2 Travel oil pressure switch P-1 A-9
S31 X 2 Travel steering oil pressure switch P-1 A-9
ST DT 2 Starting motor AF-7 K-3 K-6
ST/B Terminal 1 Starting motor B terminal AF-7
T05 Terminal 1 Floor frame grounding V-3 J-8
T06 Terminal 1 Radio body grounding S-9
T06A M 1 Intermediate connector T-2
T11 Terminal 1 Cab grounding K-8
THL DT 3 Spill fuel temperature sensor AJ-4 K-3
TWH DT 2 Engine water temperature sensor (High temperature) AE-7 K-5
TWL DT 3 Engine water temperature sensor (Low temperature) AG-8 K-5
V01 DT 2 PPC oil pressure lock solenoid valve J-3 K-5
V02 DT 2 Travel junction solenoid valve J-2 K-5
V03 D 2 Merge-divider solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V04 D 2 Travel speed solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V05 D 2 Swing holding brake solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V06 D 2 Machine push-up solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V08 D 2 2nd-stage relief solenoid valve J-1 K-4
V12 D 2 ATT return selector solenoid valve J-1 K-4
V21 D 2 PC-EPC solenoid valve L-6 L-7
V22 D 2 LS-EPC solenoid valve L-6 L-7
V30 X 2 ATT flow adjustment EPC solenoid valve P-1 F-1
W03 M 2 Rear limit switch (Window) AB-9 K-8
W04 M 6 Wiper motor Y-5 B-9
X05 M 4 Swing lock switch Q-8 D-2 A-1
20-222 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
Connector type Detailed information
D or DT Japanese and German makes DT type connector (08192-XXXXX)
L Product of Yazaki Corporation L type connector (08056-2XXXX)
J Product of Sumitomo Wiring Systems 090 type splice
M Product of Yazaki M type connector (08056-0XXXX)
R Product of Ryosei Electro-Circuit Systems* PH166-05020 type connector
S Product of Yazaki S type connector (08056-1XXXX)
X Product of Yazaki X type connector (08055-0XXXX)
PA Product of Yazaki PA type connector
SWP Product of Yazaki SWP type connector (08055-1XXXX)
DRC Japanese and German makes DRC type connector
040 Product of Japan AMP 040 type connector
070 Product of Japan AMP 070 type connector
Y050 Product of Yazaki 050 type connector
S090 Product of Sumitomo 090 type connector
Y090 Product of Yazaki 090 type connector
YAZAKI Yazaki-made connector
SUMITOMO Product of Sumitomo Wiring Systems 6098 type connector
KES0 KESO type connector (08027-0XXXX)
Terminal Round pin type single terminal connector
Terminal Round terminal
PC400LC-7L 20-223
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
CONNECTOR LOCATION DIAGRAM
20-224 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
PC400LC-7L 20-225
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
20-226 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
PC400LC-7L 20-227
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
20-228 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
PC400LC-7L 20-229
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
MONITOR PANEL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (M CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the monitor panel system, engine preheating/starting/charging system,
light system, and communication network system from the general electric circuit diagram.
20-230 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (E CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the engine controller system from the general electric circuit diagram.
PC400LC-7L 20-231
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
12
PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (P CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the pump controller system, PPC lock solenoid system, machine push-up
solenoid system, and boom shockless solenoid system from the general electric circuit diagram.
20-232 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
The terms male and female refer to the pins, while the terms male housing and female housing refer to the mating portion
of the housing.
X type connector
No.of pins
Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
1 Part No.: 08055-00181 Part No.: 08055-00191 799-601-7010
2 799-601-7020
3 799-601-7030
4 799-601-7040
PC400LC-7L 20-233
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
6 799-601-7050
8 799-601-7060
12 799-601-7310
14 799-601-7070
20-234 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
16 799-601-7320
PC400LC-7L 20-235
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of M type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
1 Part No.: 08056-00171 Part No.: 08056-00181 799-601-7080
2 799-601-7090
3 799-601-7110
4 799-601-7120
6 799-601-7130
8 799-601-7340
20-236 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of S type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
8 799-601-7140
10
799-601-7150
(White)
12 799-601-7350
(White)
16
799-601-7330
(White)
PC400LC-7L 20-237
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of S type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
10
(Blue) ---
--- ---
12
799-601-7160
(Blue)
16 799-601-7170
(Blue)
20-238 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of MIC type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
7 Body part No.: 79A-222-2640 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2630 (Q’ty: 5) ---
11 Body part No.: 79A-222-2680 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2670 (Q’ty: 5) ---
5 799-601-2710
Body part No.: 79A-222-2620 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2610 (Q’ty: 5)
9 799-601-2950
Body part No.: 79A-222-2660 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2650 (Q’ty: 5)
13 799-601-2720
Body part No.: 79A-222-2710 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2690 (Q’ty: 2)
PC400LC-7L 20-239
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
17 799-601-2730
Body part No.: 79A-222-2730 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2720 (Q’ty: 2)
21 799-601-2740
Body part No.: 79A-222-2750 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2740 (Q’ty: 2)
Terminal part No.: 79A-222-2770 (Q’ty: 50) Terminal part No.: 79A-222-2760 (Q’ty: 50) ---
20-240 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of AMP040 type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
8 799-601-7180
12 799-601-7190
16 799-601-7210
20 799-601-7220
PC400LC-7L 20-241
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of AMP070 type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
10 799-601-7510
12 799-601-7520
14 799-601-7530
18 799-601-7540
20 799-601-7550
20-242 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of L type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
2 ---
--- ---
9 ---
--- ---
Bendix MS connector
No.of
pins T-adapter Part
Male (female housing) Female (male housing) No.
10 799-601-3460
--- ---
PC400LC-7L 20-243
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of KES 1 (Automobile) connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
2 ---
Part No.: 08027-10210 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10260 (Natural color)
08027-10220 (Black) 08027-10270 (Black)
3 ---
4 ---
Part No.: 08027-10410 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10460 (Natural color)
08027-10420 (Black) 08027-10470 (Black)
6 ---
Part No.: 08027-10610 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10660 (Natural color)
08027-10620 (Black) 08027-10670 (Black)
20-244 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
No.of KES 1 (Automobile) connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
8 ---
Part No.: 08027-10810 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10860 (Natural color)
08027-10820 (Black) 08027-10870 (Black)
5 799-601-7360
--- ---
6 799-601-7370
--- ---
4 ---
--- ---
PC400LC-7L 20-245
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
799-601-9210
799-601-9210
799-601-9220
799-601-9220
20-246 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
799-601-9230
18-20 799-601-9230
(3)
799-601-9240
18-21 799-601-9240
(4)
PC400LC-7L 20-247
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
799-601-9250
799-601-9250
799-601-9260
799-601-9260
20-248 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
799-601-9270
799-601-9270
799-601-9280
799-601-9280
PC400LC-7L 20-249
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
799-601-9290
799-601-9290
20-250 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
DT Series connector
No.of
pins Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter
Part No.
2 799-601-9020
Part No.: 08192-12200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-12100 (normal type)
08192-22200 (fine wire type) 08192-22100 (fine wire type)
3 799-601-9030
Part No.: 08192-13200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-13100 (normal type)
08192-23200 (fine wire type) 08192-23100 (fine wire type)
4 799-601-9040
Part No.: 08192-14200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-14100 (normal type)
08192-24200 (fine wire type) 08192-24100 (fine wire type)
6 799-601-9050
Part No.: 08192-16200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-16100 (normal type)
08192-26200 (fine wire type) 08192-26100 (fine wire type)
PC400LC-7L 20-251
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
8GR: 799-601-9060
8B: 799-601-9070
8 8G: 799-601-9080
8BR: 799-601-9090
Part No.: 08192-1820 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-1810 (normal type)
08192-2820 (fine wire type) 08192-2810 (fine wire type)
12GR: 799-601-9110
12 12B: 799-601-9120
12G: 799-601-9130
12BR: 799-601-9140
Part No.: 08192-1920 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-1910 (normal type)
08192-2920 (fine wire type) 08192-2910 (fine wire type)
20-252 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS
12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).
2 799-601-9010
2 ---
Part No.: 08192-31200 (Contact size#12) Part No.: 08192-31100 (Contact size#12)
08192-41200 (Contact size #8) 08192-41100 (Contact size #8)
08192-51200 (Contact size #4) 08192-51100 (Contact size #4)
PC400LC-7L 20-253
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE
The vertical column shows part number of T-Branch Box or T-Branch, and horizontal column shows part number of
Harness Checker Assembly.
20-254 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE
PC400LC-7L 20-255
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE
12
799-601-7140 S 8P O O O O O
799-601-7150 S 10P-White O O O O
799-601-7160 S 12P-Blue O O O
799-601-7170 S 16P-Blue O O O O
799-601-7330 S 16P-White O
799-601-7350 S 12P-White O
799-601-7180 AMP040 8P O
799-601-7190 AMP040 12P O O
799-601-7210 AMP040 16P O O O O
799-601-7220 AMP040 20P O O O O
799-601-7230 Short connector X-2 O O O O
799-601-7240 Case O O
799-601-7270 Case O
799-601-7510 070 10P O
799-601-7520 070 12P O
799-601-7530 070 14P O
799-601-7540 070 18P O
799-601-7550 070 20P O
799-601-7360 Relay connector 5P O
799-601-7370 Relay connector 6P O
799-601-7380 JFC connector 2P O
799-601-9010 DTM 2P O O
799-601-9020 DT 2P O O
799-601-9030 DT 3P O O
799-601-9040 DT 4P O O
799-601-9050 DT 6P O O
799-601-9060 DT 8P-Gray O O
799-601-9070 DT 8P-Black O O
799-601-9080 DT 8P-Green O O
799-601-9090 DT 8P-Brown O O
799-601-9110 DT 12P-Gray O O
799-601-9120 DT 12P-Black O O
799-601-9130 DT 12P-Green O O
799-601-9140 DT 12P-Brown O O
799-601-9210 HD30 18-8 O O
20-256 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE
PC400LC-7L 20-257
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX
This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (A switch power
supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the ON position and a constant power supply is a
device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the OFF position).
When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the fuse box and fusible link to see if
the power is supplied normally.
Type of power supply Fuse No. Fuse capacity Destination of powerDestination of power
Pump controller (Controller power supply)
Swing holding brake solenoid
1 10 A
(When emergency brake is released)
PC-EPC solenoid (When emergency pump is driven)
Pump controller (Solenoid power supply)
Switch power supply 2 20 A Machine push-up solenoid
(Fusible link: A34) ATT return selector relay & solenoid
Starting motor cutout relay (For PPC lock)
3 10 A
PPC lock solenoid
Cigarette lighter
4 10 A
Windshield washer motor
5 10 A Horn
6 10 A (Spare)
7 10 A Rotary lamp
Switch power supply 8 10 A Right front working lamp & boom working lamp
(Fusible link: A34) One-touch power maximizing switch (Input to pump controller input)
9 10 A
Radio
10 10 A (Spare)
11 20 A Air conditioner unit
Monitor panel
12 20 A
Starting motor cutout relay (For personal code)
Switch power supply Light relay (For right front working lamp & boom working lamp)
(Fusible link: A34) 13 20 A
Headlamp & additional headlamp
14 10 A Service power supply 1 (M32 connector)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Service power supply 2 (DC/DC converter)
16 10 A Radio (For backing up)
17 10 A Monitor panel (For backing up)
Constant power supply
18 10 A Starting switch
(Fusible link: A35)
19 10 A Room lamp
20 10 A (Spare)
20-258 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR CODES IN MONITOR
SYSTEM
PC400LC-7L 20-301 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS
20-302 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS
E956 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-410
ENGINE POWER FAILURE (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-410
E957 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-412
ENGINE POWER FAILURE (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-412
E95A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-414
ENGINE Q-ADJUSTMENT SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-414
E970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-416
PCV1 OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-416
E971 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-418
PCV2 OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-418
E974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-420
PCV1 LINE CUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-420
E975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-422
PCV2 LINE CUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-422
E977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-424
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-424
E979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-426
RAIL PRESSURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-426
E97A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-427
RAIL PRESSURE ABNORMAL HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-427
E97B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-428
RAIL PRESSURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-428
E97C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-430
RAIL PRESSURE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-430
E97D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-431
RAIL PRESSURE OUT OF CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-431
E980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-432
ENGINE CONTROLLER ABNORMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-432
E981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-434
FUEL INJECTOR 1 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-434
E982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-435
FUEL INJECTOR 2 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-435
E983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-436
FUEL INJECTOR 3 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-436
E984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-437
FUEL INJECTOR 4 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-437
E985 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-438
FUEL INJECTOR 5 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-438
E986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-439
FUEL INJECTOR 6 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-439
E98A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-440
FUEL INJECTOR 1 - 3 S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-440
E98B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-442
FUEL INJECTOR 4 - 6 S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-442
A000N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-444
ENGINE HIGH IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-444
A000N2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-445
ENGINE LOW IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-445
AA10NX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-446
AIR CLEANER CLOGGED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-446
AB00KE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-448
CHARGE VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-448
B@BAZG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-450
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-450
B@BAZK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-452
ENGINE OIL LEVEL LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-452
B@BCNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-454
PC400LC-7L 20-303 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS
20-304 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-305 1
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM
2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
Check each individual wire on the connector suspected of the problem by performing a pull test on the wire insert.
3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary displays will be generated.
4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity or current), move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no charge in the reading of the tester.
If there is any charge, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.
20-306 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM
12
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY
ITSELF
There is a high probability the same problem will occur again, it is desirable to follow up the problem carefully.
2. If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and the connector is returned
to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting on the failure, and the service code is no longer displayed, or if
the monitor display returns to normal.
3. After completing troubleshooting, always erase the user code from memory.
PC400LC-7L 20-307 1
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES
The testing table and the related circuit diagrams contain the following information. Read all information and each step
carefully, if necessary, repeat each step in a test procedure to confirm the fault. The idea behind these procedures is to
isolate each part of the circuit.
• Failure.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code displayed.
• Additional information.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Service Code Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor or actuator
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
20-308 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES
12
Circuit Diagram
This is part of the electrical circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.
PC400LC-7L 20-309 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E101
E101
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E101] Specifications No. Readings
Check condition of batteries and connections before pro- Good
Batteries — 1 Yes or No
ceeding with these tests. Condition?
Check condition of fuse links A34(L-2) and
A35(M-2) Good
Fuse link and fuses — 2 Yes or No
Check condition of fuses in fuse box FB1 12 (20A) and Condition?
17 (10A).
1. Fuse link and fuses (FB1)
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A34 and A35 fuse link connectors.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
At fuse link A34, between (1) and (2) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
A. Fuse tests Resistance Ω At fuse link A35, between (1) and (2) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
Check condition of fuses at (FB1) Good? 5 Yes or No
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H10 connector from monitor panel.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for these tests only.
* At connector H10, between (1) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 6
A. Open or high Voltage
* At connector H10, between (5) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 7
resistance
Resistance Ω At connector H10, between (4) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector H10, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
B. Short to chassis At connector H10, between (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
ground or within har- Resistance Ω
ness At connector H10, between (4) and (5) (OL) open 11
At connector H10, between (1) and (5) (OL) open 12
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (1) (2) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 13
Voltage
A. Monitor panel Between P01, (8) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 14
Resistance Ω Between P01, (6) (7) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 15
20-310 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E101
12
Electrical circuit diagram for E101 error in data history
PC400LC-7L 20-311 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E112
E112
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E112] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector W04, between (1) and (3), wiper switch
Voltage 20 to 30V cycling 1
A. Wiper motor set ON.
Resistance Ω At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground. (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P01 connector and monitor panel.
• Disconnect P02 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P02 connector and monitor panel.
Between connectors W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between connectors W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between connectors W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between connectors W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between connectors W04, (5) and P02, (15) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
At connector W04, (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 13
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
harness
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
At connector P02 (15) and W03 (2) (OL) open 17
At connector W04 (5) and W03 (1) (OL) open 18
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper ON 20 to 30V cycling 19
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper OFF 0V 20
20-312 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E112
12
Electrical circuit diagram for the windshield wiper motor
PC400LC-7L 20-313 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E113
E113
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E113] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector W04, between (1) and (3), wiper switch
Voltage 20 to 30V cycling 1
A. Wiper motor set ON.
Resistance Ω At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground. (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P01 connector and monitor panel.
• Disconnect P02 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P02 connector and monitor panel.
Between connectors W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between connectors W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between connectors W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between connectors W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between connectors W04, (5) and P02, (15) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
At connector W04, (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 13
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
harness
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
At connector P02 (15) and W03 (2) (OL) open 17
At connector W04 (5) and W03 (1) (OL) open 18
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper ON 20 to 30V cycling 19
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper OFF 0V 20
20-314 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E113
12
Circuit diagram for monitor panel wiper motor.
PC400LC-7L 20-315 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E114
E114
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E114] Specifications No. Readings
1. Washer motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A05 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector A05.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector A05, between (13) and (14), washer
20 to 30V 1
switch set ON.
A. Washer motor Voltage
At connector A05, between (13) and (14), washer switch
0V 2
set OFF.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A05 connector from washer motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Open or high Voltage * Between connector A05, (13) and chassis ground 20 to 30V 3
resistance Resistance Ω Between connectors A05, (14) and P01, (3) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
B. Short to chassis At connector A05, (13) and chassis ground (OL) open 5
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector A05, (14) and chassis ground (OL) open 6
harness
3. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect D04 diode connector and isolate diode
At diode D04, between (4) and (8) reversing meter lead Continuity one
A. Diode test Resistance Ω 7 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (3) and chassis ground, washer OFF 20 to 30V 8
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (3) and chassis ground, washer ON 0V 9
20-316 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E114
12
Monitor panel window washer motor circuit diagram
PC400LC-7L 20-317 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E115
E115
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E115] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor park system
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at far end
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
of operation.
A. Wiper motor Resistance Ω
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at mid
(OL) open 2
point on windshield.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
Between W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between P02, (15) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 13
harness
At connector W04, (3) and (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (5) and chassis ground, wiper end 0V 17
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (5) and chassis ground, wiper at mid point 20 to 30V 18
20-318 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E115
12
Monitor panel windshield wiper motor circuit diagram
PC400LC-7L 20-319 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E116
E116
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E116] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor park system
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at far end
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
of operation.
A. Wiper motor Resistance Ω
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at mid
(OL) open 2
point on windshield.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
Between W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between P02, (15) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 13
harness
At connector W04, (3) and (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (12) and chassis ground, wiper parked 0V 17
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (12) and chassis ground, wiper at mid point 20 to 30V 18
20-320 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E116
12
Monitor panel wiper motor circuit diagram
PC400LC-7L 20-321 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E117
E117
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E117] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between pump controller C02 (21) and monitor panel P02
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
(9) or (10)
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between pump controller C02 (21) and engine controller
resistance 0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
CB2 (21) and (31)
Between monitor panel P02 (20) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Above 1 MΩ 4
wiring harness grounding
Resistance Ω
(Contact with
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Above 1 MΩ 5
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and 0V 6
A. Short-circuit (Contact grounding
Voltage
with 24V circuit)
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
0V 7
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
3. Engine controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller CB2 (21) [S-NET (+)] and (11) [GND] 6 - 9V 8
Voltage
test CB2 (21) [S-NET (+)] and (11) [GND] 6 - 9V 9
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 11
20-322 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E117
12
Engine controller S-net communication circuit diagram
PC400LC-7L 20-323 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E118
E118
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E118] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and CB2 (21), (31)
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
engine controller
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and C02 (21) pump
resistance 0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
controller
Between P02 (20) monitor panel and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Above 1 MΩ 4
wiring harness grounding
Resistance Ω
(Contact with
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Above 1 MΩ 5
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and 0V 6
A. Short-circuit (Contact grounding
Voltage
with 24V circuit)
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
0V 7
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller
Voltage C02 (21) S-NET and (31) S-NET GND 6 - 9V 8
test
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 11
20-324 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E118
12
Pump controller S-net communication circuit diagram
PC400LC-7L 20-325 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E128
E128
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E128] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between P70 (16) monitor panel and CB2 (22) engine
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
controller
Between P70 (16) monitor panel and C02 (22) pump
0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
controller
A. Open or high Between P70 (15) monitor panel and CB2 (32) engine
Resistance Ω 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
resistance controller
Between P70 (15) monitor panel and C02 (32) pump
0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
controller
Between P70 (14) monitor panel and chassis ground
0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
20-326 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E128
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E128] Specifications No. Readings
3. CAN terminal resistors
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF.
• Hold the ignition switch in the OFF position for this test
A. Defective CAN K30 between (A) and (B) 40 - 80Ω 12
Resistance Ω
resistor tests K31 between (A) and (B) 40 - 80Ω 13
4. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller
• If causes 1 - 3 are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in those devices,
troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
PC400LC-7L 20-327 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E201
E201
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E201] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
A. Solenoid test Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Ground fault test
Between pump controller C03 (7) to travel junction
(Contact with Resistance Ω Above 1MΩ 3
solenoid V02 (2) connection and ground
grounding circuit)
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (7) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 4
Voltage
test C03 (7) and ground - Levers - Steering actuated 20 - 30V 5
20-328 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E201
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-329 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E203
E203
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V05, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
At solenoid V05, between (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
short or ground fault)
2. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect D01 diode connector and isolate.
At diode D01, between (3) and (7) reversing meter lead Continuity one
A. Diode test Resistance Ω 3
polarity each time to check. way only?
3. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect S25 and X05 connectors from swing lock and park brake switches.
• Disconnect C03 and C02 connectors from controller and install T-adapter on C03 and C02 wire harness connectors only.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between connectors C03 (37) and S25 (8) Above 1MΩ 4
Between connectors C03 (37) and X05 (3) Above 1MΩ 5
A. Open or high Between connectors C02 (2) and S25 (9) Above 1MΩ 6
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors V05 (2) and X05 (4) Above 1MΩ 7
Between connectors V05 (1) and S25 (8) Above 1MΩ 8
Between connectors V05 (1) and chassis ground Above 1MΩ 9
B. Short to chassis At connectors V05 (2) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
ground or within Resistance Ω
harness At connector V05 between (1) and (2) (OL) open 11
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (37) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 12
Voltage
test C03 (37) and ground - Levers - Steering actuated 20 - 30V 13
20-330 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E203
PC400LC-7L 20-331 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E204
E204
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E204] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V03, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V03, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (17) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 6
Voltage
test C03 (17) and ground - Levers - operating one side only 20 - 30V 7
20-332 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E204
PC400LC-7L 20-333 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E205
E205
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E205] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V08, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V08, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON.
A. Defective controller C03 (28) and ground - Other than L mode 0V 6
Voltage
test C03 (28) and ground - L mode 20 - 30V 7
20-334 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E205
PC400LC-7L 20-335 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E206
E206
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E206] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed shifting At solenoid V04, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V04, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON.
C03 (27) and ground - travel speed Lo + travel lever
0V 6
A. Defective controller Neutral
Voltage
test C03 (27) and ground - travel speed Hi + travel lever
20 - 30V 7
in operation
20-336 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E206
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Speed Shifting Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-337 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E211
E211
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E211] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed shifting At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
short or ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (7) and V02 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V02 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Voltage Between C03 (7) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 5
test
20-338 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E211
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Interlocking Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-339 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E213
E213
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V05, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V05, between (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
20-340 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E213
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
--- --- Voltage At connectors C03 (37) and D01 (7) and ground Below 1V 10
5. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 connector from controller and install T-adapter on C03connector.
• Disconnect D01 and connect pins (3) and (7) of female side for test.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Defective pump
Resistance Ω At C03 (17) and between pins (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 11
controller test
PC400LC-7L 20-341 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E214
E214
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E214] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V03 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Merge/divide solenoid At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (17) and V03 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V03 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (17) to V03 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (17) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test
20-342 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E214
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Merge/Divide Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-343 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E215
E215
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E215] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. 2-stage relief solenoid At solenoid V08, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V08, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (28) and V08 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V08 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (28) to V08 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (28) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test
20-344 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E215
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for 2-stage Relief Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-345 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E216
E216
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E216] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed solenoid At solenoid V04, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V04, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (27) and V04 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V04 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (27) to V04 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (27) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test
20-346 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E216
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Speed Shifting Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-347 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E217
E217
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E217] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C09 connector and use T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Model selection At C09, between (4), (5), (6), (8) Μin. 1MΩ 1
connector test (Internal Resistance Ω
At C09, between (1), (2), (3), (7), (8) Μax. 1Ω 2
short or ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
C02 (37) and C09 (1) Μax. 1Ω 3
C02 (27) and C09 (2) Μax. 1Ω 4
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω C02 (17) and C09 (3) Μax. 1Ω 5
resistance
C02 (13) and C09 (7) Μax. 1Ω 6
C09 (8), J05, and ground (A13) Μax. 1Ω 7
3. Short in wiring harness.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact Resistance Ω Check wiring harness from C02 (7) to C09 (4) and ground Μin. 1MΩ 8
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller Between C02 (7) and ground 5 - 30V 9
Voltage
test Between C02 (37), (27), (17), (13) and ground Max. 1V 10
20-348 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E217
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to model selection connector (for pump controller)
PC400LC-7L 20-349 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E218
E218
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E218] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and CB2 (21), (31)
Max. 1Ω 1
engine controller
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and C02 (21) pump
resistance Max. 1Ω 2
controller
Between P02 (20) monitor panel and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
Min. 1MΩ 4
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31)
Resistance Ω
wiring harness Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Min. 1MΩ 5
(Contact with C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) related circuits and
Min. 1MΩ 6
grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Max. 1V 7
grounding
A. Short-circuit (Contact
Voltage Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
with 24V circuit) Max. 1V 8
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) related circuits and
Max. 1V 9
grounding
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage Between P02 (9), (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
4. Engine controller test
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller
Voltage CB2 (21), (31) and (11) 6 - 9V 11
test
20-350 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E218
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E218] Specifications No. Readings
5. Pump controller test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage C02, between (21) and (31) 6 - 9V 12
PC400LC-7L 20-351 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E222
E222
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E222] Specifications No. Readings
1. LS-EPC solenoid
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V22 connection.
• Hold ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. LS-EPC solenoid test At connection V22, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
(internal short or Resistance Ω
ground fault) At connection V22, Between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2
20-352 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E222
PC400LC-7L 20-353 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E223
E223
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E223] Specifications No. Readings
1. LS-EPC solenoid
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V22 connection.
• Hold ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. LS-EPC solenoid test At connection V22, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
(internal short or Resistance Ω
ground fault) At connection V22, Between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2
20-354 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E223
PC400LC-7L 20-355 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E224
E224
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E224] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system defective If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. 1
2. Front pump pressure sensor defective (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At connection A51, between (B) and (A) - power
4.5 - 5.5V 2
supply
A. Front pump pressure
Voltage At connection A51, Between (C) and (A) - signal 0.5 - 4.5v 3
sensor test
The pressure voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. According, if the voltage is
abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of the trouble, then judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect A51 connector from sensor.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Disconnection or Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with Between C01 (10) and A51 (A) Max. 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
connector (Wiring
harness) Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) Max. 1Ω 6
B. Ground fault of wiring
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) and ground Min. 1 MQ 7
ground circuit)
C. Short in wiring harness Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
(Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit) Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) and ground Max. 1V 9
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 10
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Between C01 (8) and (10) 0.5 - 4.5V 11
20-356 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E224
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to front pump pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-357 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E225
E225
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E225] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system defective If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. 1
2. Front pump pressure sensor defective (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At connection A52, between (B) and (A) - power
4.5 - 5.5V 2
supply
A. Front pump pressure
Voltage At connection A52, Between (C) and (A) - signal 0.5 - 4.5v 3
sensor test
The pressure voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. According, if the voltage is
abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of the trouble, then judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect A52 connector from sensor.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Disconnection or Between C01 (22) and A52 (B) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with Between C01 (10) and A52 (A) Max. 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
connector (Wiring
harness) Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) Max. 1Ω 6
B. Ground fault of wiring
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) and ground Min. 1 MQ 7
ground circuit)
C. Short in wiring harness Between C01 (22) and A52 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
(Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit) Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) and ground Max. 1V 9
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 10
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Between C01 (2) and (10) 0.5 - 4.5V 11
20-358 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E225
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to rear pump pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-359 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E226
E226
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E226] Specifications No. Readings
1. Pressure sensor defective (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
If the error code goes off when one Front pump pressure sensor - connector A51 1
A. Pressure sensor test Rear pump pressure sensor - connector A52 2
of the listed items (in order listed)
Disconnect the parts
is disconnected, that part is Arm IN PPC pressure sensor - connector S04 3
shown at right in order.
defective. Bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor - connector S01 4
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) and ground (F pump) Min. 1 MQ 5
Between C01 22) and A52 (B) and ground (R pump) Min. 1 MQ 6
A. Ground fault of wiring
Between C01 (22) and S04 (A) and ground (Bucket
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Min. 1 MQ 7
CURL PPC)
ground circuit)
Between C01 (22) and S01 (A) and ground (Arm IN
Min. 1 MQ 8
PPC)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Voltage Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 9
20-360 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E226
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to pressure sensor power supply
PC400LC-7L 20-361 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E227
E227
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E227] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine rotation sensor (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine rotation sensor Between ENE (1) and (2) 500 - 1,000Ω 1
test - internal short or Resistance Ω
Between ene (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Engine rotation sensor adjustment
Refer to the section “Adjusting Engine Rotation Sensor” in this manual for inspection and adjustment.
improper
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C02 (40) and ENE (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between C02 (29), (39) and ENE (2) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C02 (40) and ENE (1) and ground Below 1V 5
24V circuit)
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
Between C02 (40) and (29), (39) 500 - 1,000Ω 6
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
Between C02 (40) and ground Above 1MΩ 7
20-362 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E227
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Engine Rotation Sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-363 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E228
E228
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E228] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment return switching relay (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment return
switching relay test -
Resistance Ω Between R20, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 1
internal short or dis-
connected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) and ground Below 1V 2
24V circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
C02 (8) and Working mode - Other than B mode 20 − 30V 3
A. Pump controller test Voltage
ground Working mode - B mode Below 1V 4
20-364 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E228
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Switching Relay and Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-365 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E232
E232
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E232] Specifications No. Readings
1. PC-EPC solenoid (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. PC-EPC solenoid test - At V21, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At V21, between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Emergency pump driving switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect pump controller S25 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Emergency pump
Emergency At S25, between (3) and (4) Above 1 MΩ 3
drive switch test -
Resistance Ω pump drive
internal short or
switch - Normal At S25, between (3) and ground Above 1 MΩ 4
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C03 (16) and S25 (3) and ground Above 1 MΩ 5
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
Between S25 (2) and V21 (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 6
grounding circuit)
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At C03, between (16) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 7
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
At C03, between (16) and ground Above 1 MΩ 8
20-366 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E232
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for PC-EPC Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-367 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E233
E233
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E233] Specifications No. Readings
1. PC-EPC solenoid (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. PC-EPC solenoid test - At V21, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At V21, between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2
20-368 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E233
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for PC-EPC Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-369 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E238
E238
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E238] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 2 fault If fuse No. 2 has been blown, there is a big possibility that a grounding fault occurred in the relay circuit. (See Step 3B)
2. Attachment return switching relay (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect R20 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment return
switching relay test -
Resistance Ω At R20, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 1
internal short or
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and R20 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with At R20 (1) to J03 to FB1-2 outlet Below 1Ω 3
connector
B. Wiring harness Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 4
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between R20 (1) to J03 to FB1-2 and ground
grounding circuit) Above 1ΜΩ 5
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
Working mode
Other than B
mode 20 - 30V 6
A. Pump controller test Voltage At C02, between (8) and ground
B mode Below 1V 7
20-370 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E238
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Switching Relay and Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-371 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E245
E245
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E245] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment oil flow rate EPC valve (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V30 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment oil flow At V30, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
rate EPC valve test -
Resistance Ω
internal short or At V30, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At C03, between (26) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 4
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
At C03, between (26) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 5
20-372 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E245
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Oil Flow Rate Adjusting EPC Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-373 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E246
E246
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E246] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment oil flow rate EPC valve (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V30 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment oil flow At V30, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
rate EPC valve test -
Resistance Ω
internal short or At V30, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V30 (2) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and ground Below 1V 5
24V circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω At C03, between (26) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 6
20-374 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E246
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Oil Flow Rate Adjusting EPC Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-375 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E247
E247
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E247] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Arm IN PPC pressure sensor (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect S04 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Arm IN PPC pressure S04 Power supply, between (A) and (C) 4.5 − 5.5V 1
sensor test - internal Voltage
S04 Signal, between (B) and (C) 0.5 − 4.5V 2
short or disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C01 (22) and S04 (A) Max. 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between C01 (10) and S04 (C) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between C01 (19) and S04 (B) Max. 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test
ground fault (Contact Resistance Ω Between C01 (19) and S04 (B) and ground Min. 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit)
C. Wiring harness test At C01 (22) and S04 (A) and ground Max. 1V 7
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V circuit) At C01 (19) and S04 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At C01, between (22) and (10) 4.5 − 5.5V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
At C01, between (19) and (10) 0.5 − 4.5V 10
20-376 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E247
12
Circuit diagram related to arm IN PPC pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-377 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E248
E248
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E248] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Bucket CURL (Dig) PPC pressure sensor (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect S01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Bucket CURL (Dig) S01 Power supply, between (1) and (3) 4.5 − 5.5V 1
PPC pressure sensor
Voltage
test - internal short or S01 Signal, between (2) and (3) 0.5 − 4.5V 2
disconnected
The pressure sensor voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected.
Accordingly, if the voltage is abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller for another cause of the trouble and then
judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01, S01 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C01 (22) and S01 (1) Max. 1Ω 3
Disconnection or Between C01 (10) and S01 (3) Max. 1Ω 4
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between C01 (19) and S01 (2) Max. 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test
ground fault (Contact Resistance Ω Between C01 (19) and S01 (2) and ground Min. 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit)
C. Wiring harness test At C01 (22) and S01 (1) and ground Max. 1V 7
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V circuit) At C01 (19) and S01 (2) and ground Max. 1V 8
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At C01, between (22) and (10) 4.5 − 5.5V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
At C01, between (19) and (10) 0.5 − 4.5V 10
20-378 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E248
12
Circuit diagram related to bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-379 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E257
E257
12
ABNORMALITY IN PUMP
• The pump controller detected communication failure in the CAN communication circuit to the monitor panel or engine
Contents Of Trouble controller.
• Failure code DA2RMC.
• The engine output is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
Relative information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E257] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P70, C02, CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1Ω 2
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1Ω 3
connector
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1Ω 4
B. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Above 1MΩ 5
ground fault (Contact Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Above 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit) Between P70 (16) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Above 1MΩ 8
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Above 1MΩ 9
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
C. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1V 11
Short (Contact with Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1V 12
24V circuit)
Between P70 (16) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 13
Voltage
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1V 14
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1V 15
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 16
2. CAN terminal resistor
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect K30 and K31 CAN connectors and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during the troubleshooting.
A. CAN terminal resistor At K30, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 17
Resistance Ω
test At K31, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 18
3. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller
• If 1 - 2 are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in those devices, troubleshooting
cannot be carried out.)
20-380 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E257
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to CAN communication
PC400LC-7L 20-381 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E315
E315
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E315] Specifications No. Readings
1. Battery relay
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect A20 and A21 wires from battery relay.
• Hold the ignition switch in the OFF position during the troubleshooting.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
Approximately
At battery relay Between BR and E 1
A. Battery relay test Resistance Ω 100Ω
unit
Between BR and grounding Min. 1MΩ 2
2. Diode
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect D01 diode connector and isolate diode.
At diode D1, between (1) and (5) reversing meter lead Continuity one
3 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
A. Diode test Resistance Ω
At diode D1, between (2) and (6) reversing meter lead Continuity one
4 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (4), D01, J01, battery relay terminal BR and
Min. 1MΩ 5
ground fault (Contact grounding
with grounding circuit) Resistance Ω Between C03 (4) and ignition switch terminal BR and Min. 1MΩ 6
grounding
Between C03 (4) and D01 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 7
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller Ignition switch 20 - 30V
Voltage ON OFF At C03, between (4) and grounding 8
(for 0.5 sec.)
20-382 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E315
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to battery relay drive
PC400LC-7L 20-383 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E91B
E91B
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91B] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine Ne speed sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect NE and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine Ne speed At NE, between (1) and (2) 85 - 210Ω 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω
short or disconnected At NE, between (1), (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (36) and (26) 85 - 210Ω 7
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (36), (26) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 8
20-384 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E91B
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine Ne speed sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-385 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E91C
E91C
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91C] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine G speed sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect G connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine G speed At G, between (1) and (2) 1.4 - 3.5kΩ 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω
short or disconnected At G, between (1), (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
20-386 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E91C
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine G speed sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-387 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E920
E920
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E920] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect CB5 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB5, between (2) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 1
At CB5, between (3) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 2
A. Model selection At CB5, between (4) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 3
connector test -
Resistance Ω At CB5, between (5) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 4
internal short or
disconnected At CB5, between (6) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 5
At CB5, between (7) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 6
At CB5, between (1) and (8) Below 1Ω 7
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB1 (3) and CB5 (1) Below 1Ω 8
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB2 (1) and CB5 (8) Below 1Ω 9
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB1 (23) aand CB5 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 10
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB1 (17) aand CB5 (3) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be held in the ON position for troubleshooting.
CB1, CB2
Between CB1 (23) and CB2 (1) 20 − 30V 12
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between CB1 (17) and CB2 (1) 20 − 30V 13
Between CB! (3) and CB2 (1) Below 1V 14
20-388 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E920
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to model selection connector (for engine controller)
PC400LC-7L 20-389 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E921
E921
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E921] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector system defective If error code E920 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the controller, troubleshooting cannot be
2. Engine controller defective
carried out.)
Pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the controller, troubleshooting cannot be
3. Pump controller defective
carried out.)
20-390 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E921
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-391 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E931
E931
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E931] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel control dial defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect E06 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel control dial test - At E06, between (1) and (3) 4.0 − 6.0kΩ 1
internal short or Resistance Ω At E06, between (1) and (2) 0.25 − 7.0kΩ 2
disconnected At E06, between (3) and (2) 0.25 − 7.0kΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and E06 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) Below 1Ω 5
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB2 (29) and E06 (3) Below 1Ω 6
connector
Between CB2 (39) and E06 (3) Below 1Ω 7
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
C. Wiring harness Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) and ground Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) and ground Below 1V 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (19) and (29) 4.6 - 5.4V 12
At CB2, Between (19) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 13
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, Between (10) and (29) 0.3 - 4.5V 14
At CB2, Between (10) and (39) 0.3 - 4.5V 15
20-392 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E931
PC400LC-7L 20-393 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E934
E934
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E934] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect TWH connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water high At TWH, between (1) and (2) 3.5 − 90kΩ 1
temperature sensor test At TWH, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
Resistance Ω
- internal short or
disconnected At TWH, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and TWH and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and TWH (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and TWH (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between E12 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (27) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 8
At CB2, Between (29) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, Between (27) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, Between (29) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11
At CB2, Between (39)and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 12
20-394 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E934
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)
PC400LC-7L 20-395 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E96A
E96A
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E96A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect TWL connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water low At TWL, between (1) and (2) 0.3 − 9kΩ 1
temperature sensor test At TWL, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
Resistance Ω
- internal short or
disconnected At TWL, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and TWL and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (37) and TWL (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and TWL (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and TWL (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between E12 (37) and TWL (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (37) and (39) 0.3 − 9kΩ 8
At CB2, Between (29) and (39) 0.3 − 9kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, Between (29) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, Between (37) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11
At CB2, Between (39)and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 12
20-396 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E96A
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)
PC400LC-7L 20-397 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E936
E936
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E936] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine low oil pressure switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water low oil Engine PSL
pressure switch test - Stopped Below 1Ω 1
Resistance Ω
internal short or Between terminal and grounding
disconnected Low idling Above 1ΜΩ 2
B. Engine water high oil Engine PSH
pressure switch test - Stopped Below 1Ω 3
Resistance Ω
internal short or Running at 1,300 Between terminal and grounding
disconnected Above 1ΜΩ 4
rpm or higher
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB1 (21) and PSL Below 1Ω 5
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB1 (15) and PSH Below 1Ω 6
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB1 (21) and PSL and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB1 (15) and PSH and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON and start the engine during troubleshooting.
Engine CB1 −−−
Stopped Between (21) and ground (Low Below 1V 9
Low idling pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 10
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Stopped Below 1V 11
Between (21) and ground (Low
Running at 1,300 pressure switch signal)
20 - 30V 12
rpm or higher
--- Carry out troubleshooting while the engine is running 15 seconds after the engine is started.
20-398 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E936
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil press switch (for low pressure and high pressure)
PC400LC-7L 20-399 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E93C
E93C
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E93C] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boost pressure sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PIM boost pressure sensor.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine boost PIM
pressure sensor test - Power supply Between (3) and (1) 4.6 − 5.4V 1
Voltage
internal short or
disconnected Signal Between (2) and (1) 0.5 - 4.5V 2
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and PIM (1) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB2 (39) and PIM (1) Below 1Ω 5
connector
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
grounding circuit)
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
C. Wiring harness Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V
Voltage Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 11
circuit
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) and ground Below 1V 12
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON and start the engine during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (9) and (29) 4.6 - 5.4V 13
At CB2, between (9) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 14
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (20) and (29) 0.3 - 4.7V 15
At CB2, between (20) and (39) 0.3 - 4.7V 16
20-400 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E93C
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to boost pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-401 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E93D
E93D
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E93D] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect THL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel temperature At THL, between (1) and (2) 0.3k - 9kΩ 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω At THL, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected At THL, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (17) and THL (13) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between CB2 (29) and THL (2) Below 1Ω 5
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and THL (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (17) and THL (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (17) and (39) 0.3k - 9kΩ 8
At CB2, between (29) and (39) 0.3k - 9kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (17) and (39) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, between (29) and (39) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11
20-402 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E93D
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel temperature sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-403 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E953
E953
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E953] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P70, C02, CB2 connectors and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1Ω 3
connector Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1Ω 4
Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6
B. Wiring harness
Between P70 (16) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
grounding circuit)
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 10
Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1V 11
Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1V 12
C. Wiring harness Between P70 (16) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 13
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) and ground Below 1V 14
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) and ground Below 1V 15
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 16
2. CAN terminal resister
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect K30 and K31 connectors and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. CAN terminal resister At K30, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 17
Resistance Ω
test At K31, between (1) and (29) 40 - 80Ω 18
3. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump If causes 1A, 1B, 1C are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be
controller defective defective. (Since trouble is in those devices, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
20-404 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E953
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to CAN communication
PC400LC-7L 20-405 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E954
E954
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E954] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect THL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Ignition switch test - Ignition switch −−−
internal short or Resistance Ω Between OFF Above 1ΜΩ 1
disconnected terminal B and terminal C START Below 1Ω 2
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between ignition switch terminal C, J01 and CB1 Below 1V 3
Between ignition switch terminal C and C01 (17) Below 1V 4
A. Wiring harness test Between ignition switch terminal C and P01 (4) Below 1V 5
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V ground circuit) Between ignition switch terminal C and R11 (5) Below 1V 6
Between ignition switch terminal C and related circuits Below 1V 7
Between ignition switch terminal C and grounding Below 1V 8
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB1 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Between (20) and grounding ON (Engine is running) Below 1V 9
20-406 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E954
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine preheating, starting, charging
PC400LC-7L 20-407 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E955
E955
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E955] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P02, C02, CB2 connectors and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) Below 1Ω 3
Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 4
Between P02 (10) and CB2 (31) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
B. Wiring harness
Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Between P02 (9) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
Between P02 (10) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) and ground Below 1V 10
Between P02 (10) and CB2 (31) and ground Below 1V 11
C. Wiring harness Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) and ground Below 1V 12
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) and ground Below 1V 13
Between P02 (9) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 14
Between P02 (10) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 15
2. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
At P02, between (9) and (20) 6 - 9V 16
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
At P02, between (10) and (20) 6 - 9V 17
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (21) and (11) 6 - 9V 18
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (31) and (11) 6 - 9V 19
20-408 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E955
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E955] Specifications No. Readings
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Voltage At C02, between (21) and (31) 6 - 9V 20
PC400LC-7L 20-409 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E956
E956
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E956] Specifications No. Readings
1. Circuit breaker 7 defective If circuit breaker is turned OFF, the circuit probably has grounding fault, etc. (See cause 3B.)
2. Engine controller power supply relay defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller
power supply relay test Replace the power supply relay, R22, with another one. If the condition becomes normal, the relay is
---
- internal short or defective.
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and R22 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (1) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 1
Between CB3 (2) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 2
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (21) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between R22 (3) and CB3 (1), (2), (21) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between R22 (1) and H15 (5) and CB1 (13), (19) Below 1Ω 5
Between R22 (2) and CB1 (7), (8) and CB2 (11) and A10 Below 1Ω 6
ground
Between CB3 (1), (2), (21) and R22 (3) Above 1MΩ 7
B. Wiring harness test Between R22 (5) and battery relay B and ground Above 1MΩ 8
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between R22 (1) and H15 (5) Above 1MΩ 9
ground circuit) Between R22 (1) and BCB1 (13), (19) Above 1MΩ 10
Between R22 (1) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
4. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB3 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between (1), (2), (21) and OFF Below 1V 12
(11), (31), (32) ON 20 - 30V 13
20-410 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E956
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply
PC400LC-7L 20-411 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E957
E957
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E957] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine controller power supply relay defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller
power supply relay test Replace the power supply relay, R22, with another one. If the condition becomes normal, the relay is
---
- internal short or defective.
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and R22 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (1), (2), (21) and R22 (3) and ground Below 1V 1
Short (Contact with Voltage
Between R22 (1) and J03 or related circuits and ground Below 1V 2
24V ground circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB3 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between (1), (2), (21) and OFF Below 1V 3
(11), (31), (32) ON 20 - 30V 4
20-412 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E957
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply
PC400LC-7L 20-413 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E95A
E95A
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E95A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Setting of fuel injection amount adjustment
If fuel injection amount adjustment switch 1 (right) or 2 (left) is set in [F], its setting is wrong.
switch of engine controller defective
2. Engine controller defective If the cause is not detected, engine controller may be defective.
20-414 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E95A
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-415 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E970
E970
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E970] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV1, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV1 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV1, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (12) and PCV1 (1) Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit
B. Wiring harness Between CB3 (2) and PCV1 (1) Below 1V 4
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit) Between CB3 (22) and PCV1 (2) Below 1V 5
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (12) and (22) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (12) and (22) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7
20-416 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E970
PC400LC-7L 20-417 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E971
E971
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV2, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV2 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PC2, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1) Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit
B. Wiring harness Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1) Below 1V 4
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit) Between CB3 (23) and PC2 (2) Below 1V 5
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (13) and 3) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (13) and (23) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7
20-418 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E971
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV2
PC400LC-7L 20-419 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E974
E974
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E974] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV1, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV1 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV1, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (12) and PCV1 (1)
Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (22) and PCV1 (2) Below 1Ω 4
20-420 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E974
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV1
PC400LC-7L 20-421 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E975
E975
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E975] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV2, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV2 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV2, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV21 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1)
Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (23) and PCV2 (2) Below 1Ω 4
20-422 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E975
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV2
PC400LC-7L 20-423 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E977
E977
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E977] Specifications No. Readings
1. Common rail fuel pressure sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PFUEL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At PFUEL, between (3) and (1), power supply 4.6 - 5.4V 1
A. Common rail fuel
At PFUEL, (2) and (1), signal 0.7 - 4.5V 2
pressure sensor test -
Voltage The pressure sensor voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if the
internal short or
disconnected voltage is abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller for another cause of the trouble and then
judge.
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and PFUEL and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between CB2 (39) and PFUEL (1) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (40) and PFUEL 2) Below 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Above 1ΜΩ 6
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit
Between CB2 (40) and PFUEL (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 8
C. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Below 1V 9
Contact with 24V cir- Voltage Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 10
cuit
Between Cb2 (40) and PFUEL (2) and grounding Below 1V 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (9) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 12
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (40) and (39) 0.7 - 4.5V 13
20-424 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E977
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to common rail fuel pressure sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-425 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E979
E979
12
20-426 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97A
E97A
12
PC400LC-7L 20-427 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E97B
E97B
12
Note 1: Check the low-pressure circuit devices for the following points.
1. Insufficiency of fuel.
4. Malfunction of bypass valve and installation of wrong part (See Fig. 1).
20-428 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97B
12
Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3)
• Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes.
• Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side.
• Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.
Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure.
1. Gauze filter: Disassemble and check the gauze filter. If it is clogged, clean it.
2. Strainer on upstream side of gauze filter: If the gauze filter is clogged, clean the upstream strainer too.
3. Fuel filter: If the trouble is not solved by performing 1) and 2) above, replace the fuel filter.
Note 3: Judge the condition of the fuel injector by measuring the fuel spill rate.
WARNING! When performing the follow work, take care not to scald yourself with the fuel which
becomes hot (up to 90°C).
1. Disconnect the hose connected to the centralized return spill tube adapters (at the rear of the engine).
2. Connect another hose to the spill tube end so that spill fuel can be received in a container.
3. Run the engine and stall at each speed (relieve the arm circuit by moving the arm in). Measure the quantity of the fuel
spilling in 1 minute under this condition.
Limit of spill of fuel (Total of spill from 6 cylinders.
PC400LC-7L 20-429 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E97C
E97C
12
20-430 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97D
E97D
12
PC400LC-7L 20-431 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E980
E980
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E977] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (11) and grounding Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between CB3 (31) and grounding Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (32) and grounding Below 1Ω 3
2. Engine controller defective If cause 1 is not detected, the engine controller may be defective.
(Since trouble is in the engine controller, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
20-432 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E980
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply
PC400LC-7L 20-433 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E981
E981
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E981] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 1 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN1, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (14) and CN1 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (24) and CN1 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (14) and (24) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
20-434 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E982
E982
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E982] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 2 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN2, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (6) and CN2 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (16) and CN2 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (6) and (16) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
PC400LC-7L 20-435 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E983
E983
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E983] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 3 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN3 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 3 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN3, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (5) and CN3 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (15) and CN3 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (5) and (15) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
20-436 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E984
E984
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E984] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 4 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN4 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 4 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN4, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (26) and CN4 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (36) and CN4 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (26) and (36) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
PC400LC-7L 20-437 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E985
E985
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E985] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 5 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN5 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 5 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN5, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (33) and CN5 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (34) and CN5 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (34) and (3) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
20-438 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E986
E986
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E986] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 6 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN6 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 6 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN6, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (25) and CN6 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (35) and CN6 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (25) and (35) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4
PC400LC-7L 20-439 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E98A
E98A
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 1 test - At CN1, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN1, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Fuel injector 2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 2 test - At CN2, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 3
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At CN2, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
20-440 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E98A
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98A] Specifications No. Readings
5. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (14) and CN1 (1) and grounding Below 1V 13
Between CB3 (24) and CN1 (2) and grounding Below 1V 14
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (6) and CN2 (1) and grounding Below 1V 15
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB3 (16) and CN2 (2) and grounding Below 1V 16
Between CB3 (5) and CN3 (1) and grounding Below 1V 17
Between CB3 (15) and CN3 (2) and grounding Below 1V 18
6. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (14) and (24) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 19
At CB3, between (6) and (16) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 20
At CB3, between (5) and (15) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 21
At CB3, between (5) and grounding Above 1MΩ 22
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (6) and grounding Above 1MΩ 23
At CB3, between (14) and grounding Above 1MΩ 24
At CB3, between (15) and grounding Above 1MΩ 25
At CB3, between (16) and grounding Above 1MΩ 26
At CB3, between (24) and grounding Above 1MΩ 27
PC400LC-7L 20-441 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E98B
E98B
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98B] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 4 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN4 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 4 test - At CN4, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN4, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Fuel injector 5 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN5 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 5 test - At CN5, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 3
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At CN5, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
20-442 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E98B
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98B] Specifications No. Readings
5. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (26) and CN4 (1) and grounding Below 1V 13
Between CB3 (36) and CN4 (2) and grounding Below 1V 14
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (34) and CN5 (1) and grounding Below 1V 15
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB3 (33) and CN5 (2) and grounding Below 1V 16
Between CB3 (25) and CN6 (1) and grounding Below 1V 17
Between CB3 (35) and CN6 (2) and grounding Below 1V 18
6. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (26) and (36) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 19
At CB3, between (34) and (33) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 20
At CB3, between (25) and (35) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 21
At CB3, between (25) and grounding Above 1MΩ 22
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (26) and grounding Above 1MΩ 23
At CB3, between (33) and grounding Above 1MΩ 24
At CB3, between (34) and grounding Above 1MΩ 25
At CB3, between (35) and grounding Above 1MΩ 26
At CB3, between (364) and grounding Above 1MΩ 27
PC400LC-7L 20-443 1
TROUBLESHOOTING A000N1
A000N1
12
Failure content • While the engine is running, its speed above 2,350 rpm is detected.
Response from
controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring • If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
on machine
• Input from the engine speed sensor (rpm) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 01006: Engine speed)
20-444 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING A000N2
A000N2
12
Failure content • While the engine is running, its speed below 500 rpm is detected.
Response from • None in particular.
controller • When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
on machine
• Input from the engine speed sensor (rpm) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 01006: Engine speed)
PC400LC-7L 20-445 1
TROUBLESHOOTING AA10NX
AA10NX
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [AA10NX] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air cleaner clogged (While
Check the air cleaner. If it is clogged, clean or replace it.
system is normal)
2. Air cleaner clogging switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect A31 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Air cleaner clogging At A31, between (1) and (2) - Normal Below 1Ω 1
switch test - internal
Resistance Ω
short or At A31, between (1) and (2) - Clogged Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (5) and A31 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between A31 (2) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
4. Monitor panel defective
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold the ignition switch in the ON position or keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (5) and grounding - Normal Below 1V 5
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (5) and grounding - Clogged 20 - 30V 6
20-446 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING AA10NX
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to air cleaner clogging switch
PC400LC-7L 20-447 1
TROUBLESHOOTING AB00KE
AB00KE
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [AB00KE] Specifications No. Readings
1. Alternator defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect terminal R connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Alternator test - inter- At Alternator, between (terminal R) and grounding Above 20V 1
nal short or Voltage
disconnected If the voltage is abnormal, also check the belt tension.
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (11), J02 and Alternator terminal R Below 1Ω 2
defective contact with
connector
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between P02 (11), J02 and Alternator terminal R Above 1MΩ 3
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (11), D01, J01 and ignition switch terminal
Above 1MΩ 4
Contact with Resistance Ω BR
grounding circuit Between P02 (11), battery relay terminal BR and
Above 1MΩ 5
grounding
4. Monitor panel defective
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold the ignition switch in the ON position or keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage Between P02 (11) and grounding Above 20V 6
20-448 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING AB00KE
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine preheating, starting, charging
PC400LC-7L 20-449 1
TROUBLESHOOTING B@BAZG
B@BAZG
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BAZG] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine oil pressure lowered (While system is Check the engine oil pressure. If it is abnormal, find out the cause and check the engine for damage, if
normal) need be, repair it.
2. Engine oil pressure switch system defective Carry out troubleshooting for error code E936.
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Engine CB1 −−−
Stopped Between (21) and grounding (Low Below 1V 1
Low idling pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 2
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Stopped Below 1V 3
Between (15) and grounding (High
Above 1,300
pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 4
rpm
20-450 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZG
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil pressure sensors (for low pressure and high pressure)
PC400LC-7L 20-451
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZK
B@BAZK
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BAZK] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine oil level low (While system is Check the engine oil level in the engine oil pan. If it is low, add oil. (If it is reduced frequently find out
normal) the cause.)
2. Engine oil level switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Engine oil level switch Engine oil level OL ---
defective Resistance Ω Normal level Below 1Ω 1
Internal disconnection Between (1) and ground
Below normal level Above 1MΩ 2
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (8) and OL (1) Below 1Ω 3
defective contact with
connector
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (8) and Engine oil level - Normal Below 1V 4
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
grounding Engine oil level - Below normal 20 - 30V 5
20-452 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZK
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil level switch
PC400LC-7L 20-453
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCNS
B@BCNS
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BCNS] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine overheated (While system is Check the engine for overheating. If it has been overheated, find out the cause and check the engine
normal) for damage, then repair.
2. Engine water high temperature sensor Carry out troubleshooting for “Display of engine water temperature gauge on monitor panel is
system defective abnormal” in E mode.
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (27)
3.28kΩ 1
and (29) Engine water temperature
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (27) 105°C
3.28kΩ 2
and (39)
20-454 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCNS
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)
PC400LC-7L 20-455
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCZK
B@BCZK
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BCZK] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sub-tank water level low (While system is Check the radiator sub-tank water level. If it is low, add water. (If it is reduced frequently, find out the
normal) cause.
2. Radiator water level switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Radiator water level Sub-tank water level A33 ---
switch defective Resistance Ω Within normal level Below 1Ω 1
Internal disconnection Between (1) and (2)
Below normal level Above 1MΩ 2
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (3) and A33 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between A33 (2), J08, J12 and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Sub-tank water level - Within
Below 1V 4
Between P02 (3) and normal
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
grounding Sub-tank water level - Below
20 - 30V 5
LOW level
20-456 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCZK
PC400LC-7L 20-457
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS
B@HANS
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@HANS] Specifications No. Readings
1. Hydraulic oil overheated (While system is Check the hydraulic oil for overheating. If it has been overheated, find out the cause and check the
normal) hydraulic equipment for damage, then repair.
2. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Hydraulic oil tempera- A61 Hydraulic oil temperature ---
ture sensor test Between (1) and (2) 90 - 3.5kΩ 1
Internal disconnection Resistance Ω
Between (2) and 10 - 100°C
Above 1MΩ 2
grounding
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) Above 1MΩ 3
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (12) and
90 - 3.5kΩ 4
(13) Hydraulic oil temperature
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω
Between P02 (12) and 10 - 100°C
Above 1MΩ 5
grounding
20-458 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS
PC400LC-7L 20-459
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS
12
MEMORANDUM
20-460 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(E MODE)
12
BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-502
CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-502
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-503
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY ITSELF . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-504
USER CODE MEMORY RETENTION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-504
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-505
E-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-507
THE ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-507
E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
PREHEATER DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
PREHEATING MONITOR DOES NOT LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
HEATER UNIT DOES NOT WARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-511
E-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-514
AUTO ENGINE WARM-UP DEVICE DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-514
E-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-515
AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-515
E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-516
ALL WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING AND TRAVEL DO NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-516
E-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-518
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-518
E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION IS NOT TURNED OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-521
E-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-523
ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-523
E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-525
NO DISPLAY IN MONITOR PANEL AT ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-525
E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
PART OF DISPLAY ON MONITOR PANEL IS MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
MONITOR PANEL DISPLAYS CONTENTS IRRELEVANT TO THE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
E-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-528
FUEL LEVEL MONITOR RED LAMP LIGHTS UP WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-528
E-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-529
ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-529
E-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-531
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-531
E-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-533
FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-533
E-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-535
SWING LOCK MONITOR DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-535
E-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-537
WHEN MONITOR SWITCH IS OPERATED, NOTHING IS DISPLAYED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-537
E-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WINDOW WASHER DO NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539
WINDSHIELD WIPER DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539
PC400LC-7L 20-501 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS
20-502 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING
Switch power supply 8 10 A Right front working lamp & boom working lamp
(Fusible link: A34) One-touch power maximizing switch (Input to pump controller input)
9 10 A
Radio
10 10 A (Spare)
11 20 A Air conditioner unit
Monitor panel
12 20 A
Starting motor cutout relay (For personal code)
Switch power supply Light relay (For right front working lamp & boom working lamp)
13 20 A
(Fusible link: A34) Headlamp & additional headlamp
14 10 A Service power supply 1 (M32 connector)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Service power supply 2 (DC/DC converter)
16 10 A Radio (For backing up)
17 10 A Monitor panel (For backing up)
Constant power
supply 18 10 A Starting switch
(Fusible link: A35)
19 10 A Room lamp
20 10 A (Spare)
PC400LC-7L 20-503 1
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM
2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
Check each individual wire on the connector suspected of the problem by performing a pull test on the wire insert.
3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary displays will be generated.
4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity or current), move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no charge in the reading of the tester.
If there is any charge, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.
20-504 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM
12
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY
ITSELF
There is a high probability the same problem will occur again, it is desirable to follow up the problem carefully.
2. If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and the connector is returned
to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting on the failure, and the service code is no longer displayed, or if
the monitor display returns to normal.
3. After completing troubleshooting, always erase the user code from memory.
PC400LC-7L 20-505 1
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES
The testing table and the related circuit diagrams contain the following information. Read all information and each step
carefully, if necessary, repeat each step in a test procedure to confirm the fault. The idea behind these procedures is to
isolate each part of the circuit.
• Failure.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code displayed.
• Additional information.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Service Code Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor or actuator
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
20-506 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES
12
Circuit Diagram
This is part of the electrical circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.
PC400LC-7L 20-507 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1
E-1
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Battery
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Battery test Voltage Battery voltage Min. 24V 1
Insufficient capacity --- Electrolyte specific gravity Min. 1.26 2
2. Fusible link A35
If circuit breaker is turned OFF or the fuse is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault (See cause 9).
3. Fuse No. 3 or 17
4. Ignition switch
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 connector and install T-adapter.
A. Ignition switch test At H15, between (1) and (4) key OFF position Min. 1MΩ 2
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection At H15, between (1) and (4) key START position Max. 1Ω 3
5. Safety lock switch
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S14 connector and install T-adapter.
A. Safety lock switch test At S14, between (1) and (3), locked Min. 1MΩ 4
Resistance Ω
Internal short circuit At S14, between (1) and (3), unlocked Max. 1Ω 5
6. Starting motor cut-out relays
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect R11 and R13 connector and install T-adapter.
At R11, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 6
At R11, between (3) and (5) Min. 1MΩ 7
A. Starting motor cut-out
At R11, between (3) and (6) Max. 1Ω 8
relays Resistance Ω
At R13, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 9
Internal defect
At R13, between (3) and (5) Min. 1MΩ 10
At R13, between (3) and (6) Max. 1Ω 11
7. Starting motor
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Turn ignition switch to START and carry out troubleshooting.
Starting motor, between terminal B
B - power supply 20 - 30V 12
and chassis ground
Starting motor, between ST (1) and
S - start 20 - 30V 13
A. Starting motor test chassis ground
Voltage
Internal defect Starting motor, between ST (2) and
R - charge Max. 1V 14
chassis ground
If the above voltage is normal and the starting motor does not crank, starting motor has a defect in it
or engine is defective.
8. Alternator
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF (with only wiring harness R disconnected).
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
A. Alternator test
Voltage Alternator, between terminal R and chassis ground Max. 1V 15
Internal short circuit
20-508 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
9. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A35, H15, R1, R13, S14 connectors from and install T-adapter.
• Carry out troubleshooting with ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON during troubleshooting
Between battery relay terminal B and A35 (1) Max. 1Ω 16
Between A35 (2) and H15 (1) Max. 1Ω 17
A. Wiring harness Between H15 (4), J01 and R11 (5) Max. 1Ω 18
Disconnection in Between R11 (3) and ST (1) Max. 1Ω 19
Resistance Ω
harness or defective Between FB1 (3) and S14 (1) Max. 1Ω 20
contact in connector Between S14 (3) and R11 (1) Max. 1Ω 21
Between R11 (2) and R13 (6) Max. 1Ω 22
Between R13 (3), J04 and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 23
Resistance Ω Between A35 (2) and H15 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 24
Between H15 (4), J01 and R11 (5) and other related
Min. 1MΩ 25
B. Wiring harness circuits and chassis ground
Short to chassis Between R11 (3) and ST (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 26
ground or within
Between FB1 (3) and S14 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 27
harness
Contact with ground Between A14 (3) and R11 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 28
circuit Between R11 (2) and R13 (6) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 29
Between R13 (2), J05, P02 (14 and other related circuits
Min. 1MΩ 30
and chassis ground
C. Wiring harness
Between ST(2), alternator terminal R, J02, D01 (6)
Contact with 24V Voltage Max. 1V 31
and P02 (11) and chassis ground
circuit
PC400LC-7L 20-509 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1
20-510 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2
E-2
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch system
If the preheater does not operate (the heater unit is not warmed), carry out troubleshooting
defective
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (18) and J02 (7) Below 1Ω 1
defective contact with
connector
3. Monitor panel
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
At P02, between Ignition switch - OFF Below 1V 2
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
(18) and ground Ignition switch - HEAT 20 - 30V 3
PC400LC-7L 20-511 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2
12
HEATER UNIT DOES NOT WARM
2. When the starting switch is turned to the HEAT position, the heater
Failure information • The preheater does not operate.
unit is not warmed.
• Check that the starting motor rotates normally.
Relative information
• (If the starting motor does not rotate, carry out troubleshooting in “E-1 Engine does not crank”.)
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
A. Ignition switch test At H15, between Ignition switch - OFF Above 1MΩ 1
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection (1) and (3) Ignition switch - HEAT Below 1Ω 2
2. Heater relay
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
A. Heater relay test Ignition switch Heater relay ---
Internal disconnection Continuity and
OFF Between coil terminal and grounding Continued 3
Resistance Ω
HEAT Between contact terminals Below 1Ω 4
3. Intake air heater
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Intake air heater test
Continuity Intake air heater, between terminals Continued 5
Internal disconnection
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between H15 (3), J02, and heater relay terminal Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between starting motor terminal B and heater relay Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between heater relay and intake air heater Below 1Ω 8
connector Between air heater and engine Below 1Ω 9
20-512 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2
12
Electrical circuit diagram for engine preheating, starting, charging
PC400LC-7L 20-513 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-3
E-3
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine cooling water temperature signal
• Turn the ignition switch ON for the trouble shooting
Compare the
monitor
Monitor code indication with
A. Engine cooling water Engine cooling water temperature (low temperature) 1
04107 the actual engine
temperature signal cooling water
fault temperate
If the display on the monitor panel is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting in “Engine water thermometer does not dis-
play normally.
2. Engine controller If step1 is not detected, the engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the engine controller, troubleshooting
A. Engine controller test cannot be carried out.)
20-514 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-4
E-4
12
10 Pump controller defective As this is an internal failure, testing cannot be conducted. (If there is none of the causes listed in Item 1
through 9, the controller is judged as defective.
11 Engine controller defective As this is an internal failure, testing cannot be conducted. (If there is none of the causes listed in Item 1
through 9, the controller is judged as defective.
PC400LC-7L 20-515 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-5
E-5
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 9 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 4B.
1. Safety lock switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S14 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Safety lock switch test At S14, between Safety lock lever - Free Below 1Ω 1
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection (1) and (2) Safety lock lever - Lock Above 1MΩ 2
2. PPC lock solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. PPC lock solenoid At V08, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 3
Internal disconnec-
Resistance Ω
tion, short circuit or At V08, between (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
ground fault
3. Assembled type diode D01
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Assembled type diode
Above 1MΩ
D01 Resistance Ω At D01, between (4) and (8) 5
(Νο Continuity)
Internal short
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (3) outlet and S14 (1) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between S14 (2) and J02 - V01 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between V08 (1) to J13 and ground Below 1Ω 8
B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (3) outlet and S14 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω Between S14 (2) to J02 - V01 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit Between S14 (2) and D01 (4) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
20-516 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-5
12
Electrical circuit diagram for PPC lock solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-517 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-6
E-6
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 3 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 2B.
1. One touch power max. switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M23 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. One touch power max. At M23, One touch pwr. max. sw. - released Min. 1MΩ 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
Internal disconnection (2) One touch pwr. max. sw. - Pressed Max. 1Ω 2
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between FB1 (9) outlet and M23 (1) Max. 1Ω 3
defective contact with
connector
B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (9) outlet and M23 (1) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 4
Contact with Resistance Ω Between FB1 (9) outlet and other related circuit and
Min. 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit grounding
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C01 and install T-adapter
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
At C01, One touch pwr. max. sw. - released Max. 1V 6
A. Pump controller test Voltage Between (11)
One touch pwr. max. sw. - Pressed 20 - 30V 7
and ground
20-518 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-6
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to one-touch power max. switch
PC400LC-7L 20-519 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7
E-7
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Machine push-up switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M38 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Machine push-up switch
A. Machine push-up At M38, Low pressure position Below 1Ω 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
Internal disconnection (2) High pressure position Above 1MΩ 2
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M38 (2), J07 and V06 (2) and grounding Below 1V 3
Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit Between M38 (2) and D02 (3) and grounding Below 1V 4
20-520 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7
12
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION IS NOT TURNED OFF
Failure information • Machine push-up function does not operate normally. (2)The machine push-up function is not turned OFF.
Relative information • When the machine push-up function is set in the low pressure position, the solenoid is turned ON.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 2 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 4B.
1. Machine push-up switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M38 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Machine push-up switch
A. Machine push-up At M38, Low pressure position Below 1Ω 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
High pressure position Above 1MΩ 2
Internal disconnection (2)
2. Machine push-up solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V06 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Machine push-up At V06, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 3
solenoid
Internal disconnec- Resistance Ω
At V06, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
tion, short circuit or
ground fault
3. Assembled type diode D02
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Assembled type diode
Above 1MΩ
D02 Resistance Ω At D02, between (3) and (7) 5
(Νο Continuity)
Internal short
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (2) outlet and M38 (1) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between M38 (2) and J07 - V06 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between V06 (1) and ground Below 1Ω 8
Between FB1 (2) outlet and M38 (1) and related circuits
B. Wiring harness test Above 1MΩ 9
and grounding
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between M38 (2) to J07 - V06 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
Between M38 (2) and D02 (3) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
PC400LC-7L 20-521 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to machine push-up solenoid
20-522 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-523 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-8
E-8
12-
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment return selection solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V12 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Attachment return At V12, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 1
selection solenoid test Resistance Ω
At V12, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
Internal disconnection
2. Attachment return selection relay
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V06 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Attachment return At R20, between (3) and (5) Below 1Ω 3
selection relay
Internal Resistance Ω
At R20, between (3) and (6) Above 1MΩ 4
disconnection, short
circuit or ground fault
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position for this test
A. Wiring harness test Between J03 (8) and R20 (3) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between R20 (5) and V12 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V12 (1) Below 1Ω 8
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between R20 (5) and V12 (2) and grounding Below 1V 9
grounding circuit
20-524 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-8
12
Electric Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Selector Relay and Solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-525 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-9
E-9
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 12 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 2B.
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From P01 (1), (2) to J07 to FB1 (12) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with From P01 (6), (7) to J04 and grounding Below 1Ω 2
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Between P01 (1), (2) to J07 to FB1 (12) outlet or related
Contact with Resistance Ω Above 1MΩ 3
circuits and grounding
grounding circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Starting Switch
Voltage At P01, between (1), (2) and ground 20 - 30V 4
ON
A. Monitor panel test
Starting switch
Resistance Ω At P01, between (6), (7) and ground Below 1Ω 5
OFF
20-526 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-9
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Power Source in Monitor Panel
PC400LC-7L 20-527 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-10
E-10
12
E-11
MONITOR PANEL DISPLAYS CONTENTS IRRELEVANT TO THE MODEL
Failure information • The monitor panels displays contents that have nothing to do with the model on which it is installed.
Relative information ---
20-528 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-12
E-12
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel level lowered
Check fuel level in fuel tank. If insufficient, refill fuel.
(system in normal condition)
2. Fuel level sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A60 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Fuel level
At A60, between Approximately
A. Fuel level sensor test FULL (Upper limit) 1
Resistance Ω (1) and 12Ω
Internal disconnection
grounding EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 2
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Fuel level
At A60, between Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 4
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω (2) and 12Ω
grounding EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 5
PC400LC-7L 20-529 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-13
E-13
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect TWH and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water high At TWH, between (1) and (2) 3.5k - 90kΩ 1
sensor test - Internal
Resistance Ω At TWH, between (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnection, short
circuit, ground fault At TWH, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 3
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (27) and THW (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and THW (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and THW (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 7
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Below 1V 8
circuit
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
At CB2, between (27) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 9
At CB2, between (29) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 10
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, between (27) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
At CB2, between (29) and grounding Above 1MΩ 12
At CB2, between (39) and grounding Above 1MΩ 13
4. Monitor panel If causes 1 - 3 are not detected, the monitor panel may be defective. (Since trouble is in the monitor panel,
troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
20-530 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-13
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water high temperature sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-531 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-14
E-14
12
1. Hydraulic oil temperature rises normally, but the display does not rise from the white range (C).
2. Hydraulic oil temperature remains stable, but the display rises up the red range (H).
Relative information • Input from the hydraulic oil temperature sensor can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04401 Hydraulic oil temperature)
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A61 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
Engine cooling water
temperature
A. Hydraulic oil At A61, between (1) and (2) 90 - 3.5kΩ 1
temperature sensor test
- Internal Resistance Ω 10 - 100°C At A61, between (2) and
Above 1MΩ 2
disconnection, short grounding
circuit, ground fault
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between P02 (13) and A61 (1) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) and ground Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Engine cooling water
temperature
At P02, between (12) and (13) 90 - 3.5kΩ 7
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω 10 - 100°C At P02, between (12) and
90 - 3.5kΩ 8
ground
20-532 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-14
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-533 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-15
E-15
12
1. Though fuel was refilled, the display does not exceed the red range (E).
2. Though the remaining fuel level is low, the display does not drop below the green range (F).
Relative information • Input from the fuel level sensor (voltage) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04200 Fuel sensor voltage)
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel level sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A60 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Fuel level
A. Fuel level sensor test - Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 1
Internal At A60, between (1) and 12Ω
Resistance Ω
disconnection, short grounding
circuit, ground fault EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 2
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
contact with
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 4
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) and ground Below 1V 5
circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Fuel level
Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 6
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω At P01, between (2) and ground 12Ω
EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 7
20-534 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-15
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Fuel Level Sensor
PC400LC-7L 20-535 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-16
E-16
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Swing lock switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect X05 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Swing lock switch
A. Swing lock switch test OFF Above 1MΩ 1
Internal
Resistance Ω At X05, between (1) and (2)
disconnection, short ON Below 1Ω 2
circuit, ground fault
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 and X05and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From X05 (2) to J05 and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 to X05 (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 5
Contact with Resistance Ω
From P02 (17) to C02 (38) and ground Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 and X05 (1) and ground Below 1V 7
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit From P02 (17) to C02 (38) and ground Below 1V 8
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Swing lock switch
OFF At P01, between (17) and 20 − 30ς 9
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
ON ground Below 1V 10
20-536 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-16
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to swing holding brake solenoid
PC400LC-7L 20-537 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-17
E-17
12
When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (2) When LCD monitor adjustment switch is operated, mode selection screen is
Failure information displayed. not displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (3) When selector switch is operated, flow rate adjustment screen or flow rate
displayed. selection screen is not displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (4) When maintenance switch is operated, item selection screen is not displayed.
displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (5) When automatic deceleration switch is operated, automatic deceleration
displayed. monitor is not displayed.
Relative information When the automatic decelerator does not operate either, conduct the troubleshooting for E-4.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (6) When travel speed selector switch is operated, travel speed monitor is not
displayed. displayed.
Relative information When the travel speed does not change either, conduct the troubleshooting for H-22.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
Relative information When the wiper does not operate either, conduct the troubleshooting for E-18.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.
20-538 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-17
12
MEMORANDUM
PC400LC-7L 20-539 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18
E-18
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Window rear limit switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Front window
A. Window rear limit When installed at front Above 1MΩ 1
switch test - Internal
Resistance Ω At W03, between (1) and (2)
disconnection, short When retracted at rear Below 1Ω 2
circuit, ground fault
2. Windshield wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Windshield wiper Continuity
motor test - Internal and resis- At W04, between (3) and (1) Continued 3
disconnection tance value
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From P01 (9) and W04 (3) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From P01 (10) and W04 (1) Below 1Ω 5
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω From P02 (15) and W03 (2) Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel (Window rear limit switch system)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Front window
A. Monitor panel When installed at front 20 - 30V 7
At P02, between (15) and
(Window rear limit Voltage
When retracted at rear ground Below 1V 8
switch system) test
5. Monitor panel (Windshield wiper motor system)
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Windshield wiper switch
OFF Below 3V 9
A. Monitor panel At P01, between (9) and ground
Below 3V 20 -
(Windshield wiper Voltage At P01, between (10) and
ON 30V (Constant 10
motor system) test ground
cycle)
20-540 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Windshield Wiper Motor and Window Rear Limit Switch
PC400LC-7L 20-541 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18
12
WINDSHIELD WASHER DOES NOT OPERATE
Failure information Windshield wiper and window washer do not work. (2) Windshield washer does not operate.
Relative information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 4 If fuse No. 4 is broken, the circuit probably has grounding fault, etc. (See cause 3B.)
2. Windshield wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A50 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Windshield wiper At A50, between (1) and (2) 5 - 20Ω 1
motor test - Internal Resistance Ω
disconnection At A50, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A50 and P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From FB1 (4) to J03 to J06 and A50 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From FB1 (4) to J04 and P01 (3) Below 1Ω 4
connector
From FB1 (4) to J03 to J06 A50 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
B. Wiring harness test From FB1 (4) to D02 (4) and to other relative circuits and
Above 1MΩ 6
Contact with Resistance Ω grounding
grounding circuit From A50 (2) to J04 and P01 (3) and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
From A50 (2) to D02 (8) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Windshield wiper switch
OFF 20 - 30V 9
A. Monitor panel test Voltage At P01, between (3) and ground
ON Below 1V 10
20-542 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Window Washer Motor
PC400LC-7L 20-543 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-19
E-19
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Alarm buzzer stop switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
Alarm buzzer stop switch
A. Alarm buzzer stop Release Above 1MΩ 1
At P03, between (1) and
switch test - Internal Resistance Ω
(2) Depress Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01, P02 and P03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test At P02 (16) and P03 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From P03 (2) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Voltage Between P02 (16) and P03 (1) and grounding Below 1V 5
grounding circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Alarm buzzer stop switch
Release At P02, between (16) and 20 - 30V 6
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Depress ground Below 1V 7
20-544 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-19
12
Electrical circuit diagram related to alarm buzzer stop switch
PC400LC-7L 20-545 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-20
E-20
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boom RAISE PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S06 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Boom RAISE PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S06, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Boom RAISE Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S06 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S06 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (10) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Boom RAISE ground Below 1V 8
20-546 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-20
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Boom RAISE PPC Hydraulic Switch
PC400LC-7L 20-547 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-21
E-21
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boom LOWER PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Boom LOWER PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S02, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Boom LOWER Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S02 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (20) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Boom LOWER ground Below 1V 8
20-548 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-21
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Boom LOWER PPC Hydraulic Switch
PC400LC-7L 20-549 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-22
E-22
12
2. Pump controller defective If cause 1 is not the cause of the trouble, the pump controller may be defective (Troubleshooting cannot
be carried out since the defect is in the pump controller).
20-550 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-23
E-23
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Arm DUMPING PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S08 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
LH work equipment control
lever
A. Arm DUMPING PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S08, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Arm DUMPING Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S08 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S08 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
LH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (40) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Arm DUMPING ground Below 1V 8
PC400LC-7L 20-551 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-23
20-552 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-24
E-24
12
PC400LC-7L 20-553 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-25
E-25
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Bucket DUMPING PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S05 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Bucket DUMPING NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
PPC hydraulic switch At S05, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
test - Internal (2) Bucket DUMPING Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S05 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S05 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (19) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Bucket DUMPING ground Below 1V 8
20-554 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-25
PC400LC-7L 20-555 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-26
E-26
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Swing left PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S07 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
LH work equipment control
lever
A. Swing left PPC NEUTRAL Min. 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S07, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Left swing position Max. 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Swing right PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Swing right PPC NEUTRAL Min. 1MΩ 3
hydraulic switch test - At S03, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Right swing position Max. 1Ω 4
disconnection
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03, S07 and S03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) Max. 1Ω 5
Disconnection or Between C03 (29) and S03 (2) Max. 1Ω 6
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S07(1) and grounding Max. 1Ω 7
connector Between S07(1) and grounding Max. 1Ω 8
B. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Max. 1V 11
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between C03 (29) and S03 (2) and grounding Max. 1V 12
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
LH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL 20 - 30V 13
At C03, between (29) and
A. Pump controller test Voltage Left or right swing
ground Max. 1V 14
position
20-556 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-26
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Right and Left Swing PPC hydraulic Switches
PC400LC-7L 20-557 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-27
E-27
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Travel PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
A. Travel PPC hydraulic NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S30, between (1) and
switch test - Internal Resistance Ω
(2) Forward or reverse Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From S30 (1) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
Contact with Resistance Ω
From C03 (39) to A43 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) and grounding Below 1V 7
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit From C03 (39) and A43 (2) and grounding Below 1V 8
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (39) and 20 - 30V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Forward or backward ground Below 1V 10
20-558 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-27
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel PPC hydraulic Switch and Travel Alarm
PC400LC-7L 20-559 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-28
E-28
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Travel steering PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
A. Travel steering PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S31, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) One side of right or left only Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 and S31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C02 (16) and S31 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From S31 (1) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C02 (16) and S31 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage From C02 (16) and S31 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
NEUTRAL 20 - 30V 7
At C03, between (39) and
A. Pump controller test Voltage One side of right or left
ground Below 1V 8
only
20-560 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-28
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel and Steering PPC hydraulic Switch
PC400LC-7L 20-561 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-29
E-29
12
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Service (front) PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S10 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Service pedal
A. Service (front) PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S10, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Operated to front Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Service (rear) PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S11 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Service pedal
A. Service (rear) PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 3
hydraulic switch test - At S10, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Operated to rear Below 1Ω 4
disconnection
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02, S10 and S11 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) Below 1Ω 5
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) Below 1Ω 6
contact with
connector Between S10 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 7
B. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) and grounding Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) and grounding Below 1V 11
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
Service pedal
NEUTRAL At C02, between (35) and 20 - 30V
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Operated to front or rear ground Below 1V
20-562 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-29
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Service PPC hydraulic Switch
PC400LC-7L 20-563 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-30
E-30
12
Failure information 1. The travel alarm does not sound while the machine is traveling.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 15 When fuse No. 15 is blown, there is a big possibility that ground fault occurred in the circuit. (See Step 3B.)
2. Travel signal
• Start the engine during troubleshooting (monitoring).
A. Travel signal test - Monitoring code Item Normal display
Internal Control lever operated: ON
01900 Travel
disconnection Control lever NEUTRAL: OFF
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (15) outlet to J03 and A43 (1) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between A43 (2) and J01 (19) Below 1Ω 2
connector
B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (15) outlet to J03 and A43 and grounding Above 1MΩ 3
Contact with Resistance Ω Between FB1 (15) outlet and other related circuit and
grounding circuit grounding Above 1MΩ 4
4. Travel alarm
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
This is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted. (If none of the causes listed in item 1 through 4 above is
A. Travel alarm test
found, the travel alarm is judged as defective.)
20-564 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-30
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel PPC Hydraulic Switch and Travel Alarm
PC400LC-7L 20-565 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
E-32
12
Check the “Self-diagnosis notice” on the control panel according to the following procedure.
2. Press OFF switch (1) and check that anything is not displayed on
display monitor (2).
20-566 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
E-32-E11 DISCONNECTION IN RECIRCULATED AIR SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Disconnection in recirculated air sensor
E11
Contents of trouble • Disconnection in the recirculated air sensor system is detected.
• Fixes the recirculated air temperature for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated air sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THi connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Recirculation air
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THi, between (1) and (2) 300Ω − 430kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (12) and THi (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THi (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated air sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THi connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Recirculation air
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THi, between (1) and (2) 300Ω − 430kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (12) and THi (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THi (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
PC400LC-7L 20-567 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
E-32-E15 DISCONNECTION IN WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Disconnection in water temperature sensor
E15
Contents of trouble • Disconnection in the water temperature sensor system is detected.
• Ignores the warm-up control and fixes the engine water temperature at 60°C for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Water temperature sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THw connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Water temperature
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THw, between (1) and (2) 95Ω − 455kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (14) and THw (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THw (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Water temperature sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THw connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Water temperature
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THw, between (1) and (2) 95Ω − 455kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (14) and THw (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THw (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
20-568 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
E-32-E18 SHORT IN DAYLIGHT SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Short circuit in daylight sensor
E18
Contents of trouble • Short circuit in the daylight sensor system is detected.
• Assumes that the daylight sensor is not installed for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Daylight sensor The daylight sensor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (16) and P15 (2) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M30 (3) and P15 (1) Max. 1Ω 2
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air outlet servo motor The air outlet servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mv1, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between Mv1 (1) and M30 (3) Max. 1Ω 1
A. Wiring harness test Between Mv1 (3) and M29 (11) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mv1 (5) and M30 (9) Max. 1Ω 3
contact with
connector Between Mv1 (6) and M29 (8) Max. 1Ω 4
Between Mv1 (7) and M29 (9) Max. 1Ω 5
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
PC400LC-7L 20-569 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
E-32-E44 ABNORMALITY IN AIR MIX DAMPER
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Abnormality in air mix damper
E44
Contents of trouble • Abnormality in air mix servomotor system is detected.
• Stops the air mix servomotor.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Do not connect the power cables to the motor terminals directly to drive the motor. Doing so can damage the
Related information
motor output shaft and break the motor coils.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air mix servo motor The air mix servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mam, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between Mam (1) and M29 (11) Max. 1Ω 1
A. Wiring harness test Between Mam (3) and M30 (3) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mam (5) and M30 (2) Max. 1Ω 3
contact with
connector Between Mam (6) and M29 (4) Max. 1Ω 4
Between Mam (7) and M29 (5) Max. 1Ω 5
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated and fresh air
The recirculated and fresh air servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
servo motor
2. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mrf, M29 and M33 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between Mrf (1) and M29 (6) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between Mrf (3) and M29 (7) Max. 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
contact with
connector Between Mrf (7) and M33 (3) Max. 1Ω 3
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
4. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
20-570 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Air Conditioner
PC400LC-7L 20-571 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
E-32 - TROUBLESHOOTING BY FAILURE PHENOMENON
Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 1. The air conditioner does not operate at all.
Related information ---
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 11 If the fuse is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault, etc. Refer to cause 3.
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M27, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between fuse (11) and M33 (3) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between M27 (14) and M30 (6) Max. 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M33 (2) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 3
connector Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 4
B. Wiring harness Between fuse (11) and M33 (3) and chassis ground Min. 1Ω 5
Contact with ground Resistance Ω
Between M27 (14) and M30 (6) and chassis ground Min. 1Ω 6
circuit
3. Air conditioner unit
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M33 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Air conditioner unit Voltage At M33, between (2) and (3) 20 - 30V 7
test If the above voltage is normal and the air conditioner does not operate, the air conditioner is defective.
4. Control panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M33 and M29 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
8
Voltage Between M30 (6) and M29 (12) 20 - 30V
A. Control panel test 9
If the above voltage is normal and the air conditioner does not operate, the control panel is defective.
20-572 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 2. Air does not come out (Air flow is insufficient).
Related information
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in the unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a grounding fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
2. Blower relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Blower relay (on coil
Resistance Ω At R30, between (1) and (3) 140 - 340Ω 1
side) test
3. Blower relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Blower relay (on
Voltage At R30, between (4) and ground 20 - 30V 2
contact side) test
4. Power transistor
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Operate in rang of Low, If air flow can be changed with fan switch, power
A. Power transistor test Fan switch 3
Medium and High transistor is normal.
5. Blower motor
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector NB and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
A. Blower motor test Fan switch
At MB, between (1) and (2) 20 - 30V 4
Voltage ON
If the above voltage is normal and the blower motor does not rotate, the blower motor is defective.
6. Wiring harness
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect R30, R31, Mb, Ptr, M27, M29 and M30 and install T-adapters.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between fuse 11 outlet, fuse in unit, R30 (3), R31 (1) and
Max. 1Ω 5
M30 (6)
Between M29 (3) and R30 (1) Max. 1Ω 6
A. Wiring harness test Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 7
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mb (1) and R30 (4) Max. 1Ω 8
contact with
Between Mb (2) and Ptr (3) Max. 1Ω 9
connector
Between Ptr (1) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 10
Between Ptr (2) and M30 (7) Max. 1Ω 11
Between Ptr (4) and M30 (8) Max. 1Ω 12
7. Air conditioner unit If none of Steps 1 - 6 is the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS COMPONENT,
Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
PC400LC-7L 20-573 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 3. Air is not cooled (Cooling capacity is low).
Related information
Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in the unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a grounding fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
2. Compressor relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Compressor relay (on
Resistance Ω At R31, between (1) and (2) 140 - 340Ω 1
coil side) test
3. Compressor relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R31 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting (Setting of temperature: Highest cooling position).
A. Compressor relay (on
Voltage At R31, between (4) and ground (Fan switch ON) 20 - 30V 2
contact side) test
4. Thermostat (Internal defect) The thermostat may be defective. Check it directly. 3
5. High/Low pressure switch
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector P17 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF and carry out troubleshooting.
A. High/Low pressure
Resistance Ω At P17, between (1) and (2) Max. 1Ω 4
switch test
6. Compressor clutch The compressor clutch may be defective. Check it directly. 5
7. Compressor The compressor may be defective. Check it directly. 6
8. Wiring harness
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M30, M29, P17, R31, ST1and install T-adapters.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between M30 (4) and P17 (1) Max. 1Ω 7
Between P17 (2) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 8
A. Wiring harness test Between fuse 11 outlet, R31 (2), fuse in unit, R31 (1) and
Max. 1Ω 9
Disconnection or M30 (6)
Resistance Ω
contact with Between ST1 (1) and R31 (3) Max. 1Ω 10
connector Between M29 (2) and ST1 (2) Max. 1Ω 11
Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 12
Between R31 (4) and M34 (1) Max. 1Ω 13
9. Air conditioner unit If none of Steps 1 - 8 is the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS COMPONENT,
Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.
20-574 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Air Conditioner
PC400LC-7L 20-575 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32
12
MEMORANDUM
20-576 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING OF HYDRAULIC AND
MECHANICAL SYSTEM (H MODE)
12
SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-603
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-605
H-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-606
ALL WORK EQUIPMENT LACK POWER, OR TRAVEL AND SWING SPEEDS ARE SLOW . . . . . 20-606
H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-607
ENGINE SPEED SHARPLY DROPS OR ENGINE STALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-607
H-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
NO WORK EQUIPMENT, TRAVEL OR SWING MOVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
H-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
ABNORMAL NOISE IS HEARD FROM AROUND HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
H-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
H-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
FINE CONTROL MODE DOES NOT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
H-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-610
BOOM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-610
H-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-611
ARM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-611
H-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
BUCKET MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
H-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
WORK EQUIPMENT DOES NOT MOVE IN ITS SINGLE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
H-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-613
WORK EQUIPMENT HYDRAULIC DRIFT TOO FAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-613
H-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
WORK EQUIPMENT HAS BIG TIME LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
OTHER WORK EQUIPMENT MOVES WHEN RELIEVING SINGLE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
H-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
IN COMPOUND OPERATION, WORK EQUIPMENT WITH LARGER LOAD MOVES SLOWLY . . 20-615
H-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
IN SWING + BOOM RAISE OPERATION, BOOM MOVES SLOWLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
H-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
IN SWING + TRAVEL, TRAVEL SPEED DROPS SHARPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
H-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-617
MACHINE SWERVES IN TRAVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-617
H-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-618
MACHINE TRAVELS SLOWLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-618
H-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-619
MACHINE CANNOT BE EASILY STEERED OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-619
H-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620
TRAVEL SPEED DOES NOT SHIFT, OR IT IS SLOWER OR FASTER THAN PRESET SPEED. . . . 20-620
H-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620
PC400LC-7L 20-601 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TABLE OF CONTENTS
TRACK SHOE DOES NOT TURN (ON ONE SIDE ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620
H-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-621
MACHINE DOES NOT SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-621
H-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-622
SWING ACCELERATION IS POOR, OR SWING SPEED IS SLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-622
H-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-623
EXCESSIVE OVERRUN WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-623
H-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
THERE IS BIG SHOCK WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
H-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
THERE IS BIG ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
H-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-625
SWING NATURAL DRIFT IS TOO BIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-625
H-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
H-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
FLOW RATE IN ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
20-602 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
PC400LC-7L 20-603 1
TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
12 This is a system chart that has been drawn up by simplifying the whole hydraulic circuit chart (See Section 90
FOLDOUTs for complete hydraulic schematic). Use it as a reference material when troubleshooting the hydraulic and
mechanical systems.
20-604 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE
Troubleshooting Table and Related Circuit Diagram collectively carry the following information. Carry out
troubleshooting work after fully grasping their contents.
Failure information Phenomena occurring on machine
Relative information Information on occurred failures and troubleshooting
PC400LC-7L 20-605 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-1
H-1
12
7 Malfunctioning of servo Malfunctioning of servo piston is suspected. Check the piston itself.
piston
If none of the above listed causes is detected, the piston pump is suspected of deteriorated performance,
8 Piston pump defective
malfunctioning or internal failure.
20-606 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-2
H-2
12
4 Orifice or filter in servo The orifice or filter in the pump servo equipment is suspected of clogging. Check the equipment itself.
equipment clogged
5 Malfunction of servo The servo piston is suspected of malfunction. Check the piston itself.
piston
PC400LC-7L 20-607 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-3
H-3
12
4 Damper defective It is presumed that the pump shaft does not rotate due to some internal failure of the damper. Check the damper
itself.
H-4
ABNORMAL NOISE IS HEARD FROM AROUND HYDRAULIC PUMP
Failure information An abnormal noise is heard from around the hydraulic pump.
Relative information ---
3 Hydraulic tank cap breather It is presumed that the breather in the cap of hydraulic tanks is clogged, thereby causing negative pressure inside
clogged the tank. Make a visual check.
Hydraulic tank strainer It is presumed that the strainer in the hydraulic tank is clogged, thereby causing
4 clogged negative pressure in the suction circuit. Make a visual check.
5 Piston pump defective The piston pump is suspected of an internal failure. Check the pump itself.
20-608 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-5
H-5
12
H-6
FINE CONTROL MODE DOES NOT FUNCTION
Failure information The fine control mode poorly functions or its response is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of the LS valve or its internal
failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.
4 Malfunctioning of servo Malfunctioning of the servo piston is suspected. Check the piston itself.
piston
PC400LC-7L 20-609 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-7
H-7
12
Malfunctioning of boom
5 control valve (pressure The pressure compensation valve in the boom control valve (Lo ïHi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the
compensation valve) valve itself.
Malfunctioning of boom
6 control valve (regeneration The regeneration valve in the boom control valve (Lo) or the seal is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
itself.
valve)
7 Malfunctioning of boom The lock valve in the boom control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (lock valve)
8 Malfunction of boom control The check valve in the boom control valve (Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valve (check valve)
Malfunctioning of safety
The safety valve for the lock valve is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be defective. Check
9 valve for lock valve or the valve itself.
seal defective
Malfunctioning of boom
10 control valve (suction valve) or The suction valve (bottom side) in the boom control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
seal defective suspected to be defective.
Malfunctioning of boom
The safety and suction valves (head side) in the boom control valve (Lo) are presumed to malfunction, or the
11 control valve (safety and
suction valves) or seal defective seal is suspected to be defective. Check those valves themselves.
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle LS shuttle valves in the left travel control valve, bucket control valve and service control valve are presumed to
12 valve (left travel, bucket and malfunction. Check those valves themselves.
service valves)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
13 Boom cylinder defective Boom cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Raise relief 20 cc/min
Note: Operate the travel lever finely to a degree that the PPC oil pressure switch is turned ON.
20-610 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-8
H-8
12
Malfunctioning of arm control The generation valve in the arm control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be
6 valve (regeneration valve) defective. Check the valve itself.
Malfunctioning of arm control The safety and suction valves in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) are presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
7 valve (safety and suction suspected of defect. Check those valves themselves.
valves) or seal defective
8 Malfunction of arm control The quick return valve in the arm control valve (Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valve (quick return valve)
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle
9 valve (right travel, boom, left LS shuttle valves in the right travel control valve, boom control valve, left travel control valve, bucket control
travel, bucket and service valve and service valve are presumed to malfunction. Check those valves themselves.
valves)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
10 Arm cylinder defective Arm cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Digging relief 20 cc/min
Note: Operate the travel lever finely to a degree that the PPC oil pressure switch is turned ON.
PC400LC-7L 20-611 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-9
H-9
12
Malfunctioning of bucket control The pressure compensation valve in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
3 valve (pressure compensation valve) itself.
Malfunctioning of bucket control
The safety and suction valves in the bucket control valve are presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
4 valve (safety and suction valves) or suspected to be defective. Check those valves themselves.
seal defective
Malfunction of LS shuttle valve
5 (service valve) The LS shuttle valve in the service control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
H-10
WORK EQUIPMENT DOES NOT MOVE IN ITS SINGLE OPERATION
Work equipment does not move in its single operation
Failure information (1) The boom does not move when operated independently.
(2) The arm does not move when operated independently.
(3) The bucket does not move when operated independently.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
20-612 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-11
H-11
12
3 Seal at safety valve for lock valve The seal at the safety valve in the lock valve (Lo) is suspected to be defective. Check the valve itself.
defective
Failure information Work equipment has a bit too fast hydraulic drift
(2) Hydraulic drift of the arm is a bit too fast.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
3 Arm control valve (spool) seal The seal for spool in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.
defective
Failure information Work equipment has a bit too fast hydraulic drift
(3) Hydraulic drift of the bucket is a bit too fast.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
PC400LC-7L 20-613 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-12
H-12
12
4 Malfunctioning of control valve The pressure compensation valve of the control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself directly.
(pressure compensation valve)
H-13
OTHER WORK EQUIPMENT MOVES WHEN RELIEVING SINGLE CIRCUIT
Failure information Other work equipment moves when relieving the single circuit of specific work equipment.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
1 Control valve (pressure The seal for pressure compression valve in the control valve is suspected to be defective. Check the seal
compensation valve) seal defective itself.
H-14
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK
Failure information One-touch power max. function does not work.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
20-614 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-15
H-15
12
H-16
IN COMPOUND OPERATION, WORK EQUIPMENT WITH LARGER LOAD
MOVES SLOWLY
Failure information In a compound operation, work equipment with larger load tends to move slowly.
Relative information ---
Combination of compound operation Work equipment with larger load Work equipment with
smaller load
Boom RAISE +
Boom Arm
arm DIGGING
Malfunctioning of pressure Boom RAISE +
1 compensation valve for work Arm Boom
arm DUMPING
equipment with larger load
Boom RAISE + Boom Bucket
bucket DIGGING
Arm DUMPING +
bucket DIGGING Arm Bucket
PC400LC-7L 20-615 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-17
H-17
12
Malfunctioning of LS select valve The LS select valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be defective.
1 or seal defective Check the valve and seal themselves.
H-18
IN SWING + TRAVEL, TRAVEL SPEED DROPS SHARPLY
Failure information In a compound operation of swing + travel, the travel speed drops sharply.
Relative information If the travel speed is slow in the single operation of travel, carry out the H-20 check first.
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle The LS shuttle valve in the left travel control valve or the swing control valve is presumed to malfunction.
1
valve (left travel and swing) Check both of them directly.
20-616 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-19
H-19
12
5 Malfunctioning of travel The travel interlocking valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
interlocking valve
6 Malfunctioning of travel control The spool in the travel interlocking valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
valve (spool)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
7 Malfunction of travel motor Travel control lever Amount of oil leakage from travel motor
Travel relief 40 l/min (10.56 gal/min)
The final drive is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the final drive directly.
8 Final drive defective (An internal failure in the final drive may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within, abnormal heat
or metal chip or dust contained in the drained oil.)
PC400LC-7L 20-617 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-20
H-20
12
Malfunctioning of travel
5 control valve (pressure The pressure compensation valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
compensation valve)
6 Malfunctioning of travel The suction valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (suction valve)
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle
7 valve (bucket) The LS shuttle valve in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
20-618 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-21
H-21
12
6 Malfunction of travel The spool in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
control valve (spool)
7 Malfunctioning of travel control The pressure compensation valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
valve (pressure compensation valve) itself.
Malfunctioning of travel control
8 valve (suction valve) The suction valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
Check valve seal defective at LS oil The seal in the check valve of LS oil pressure pick-up port is suspected to be defective. Check the seal
10
pressure pick-up port itself.
Malfunctioning of travel motor The seal in the check valve of the travel motor is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.
11 (safety valve) (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the motors between forward
and reverse, or right and left.)
The seal in the check valve of the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Malfunctioning of travel motor
12 (check valve) (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the motors between forward
and reverse, or right and left.)
PC400LC-7L 20-619 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-22
H-22
12
H-23
TRACK SHOE DOES NOT TURN (ON ONE SIDE ONLY)
Failure information A track shoe does not turn (only on one side).
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
1 Travel control valve (suction valve) seat The suction valve seat in the travel control valve is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
defective
2 Travel motor (safety valve) seat defective The safety valve seat in the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
3 Travel motor (check valve) seat defective The check valve seat in the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
4 Travel Motor speed Travel control lever Amount of oil leakage from travel motor
Travel relief 40 l/min (10.56 gal/min)
The final drive is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the final drive directly.
5 Final drive defective (A failure inside the final drive may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within,
abnormal heat generated or metal dust or chips contained in the drained oil.)
20-620 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-24
H-24
12
2 Malfunctioning of swing con- The spool in the swing control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
trol valve (spool)
The seal in the suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Swing motor (suction valve)
3 seal defective (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left suction valves and
watching if there is any change.)
PC400LC-7L 20-621 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-25
H-25
12
20-622 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-26
H-26
12
Swing PPC slow return valve The PPC slow return valve is suspected of clogging. Check the valve itself.
2 (Whether the valve is clogged or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left valves and watching
clogged
the result.)
3 Malfunctioning of swing The spool in the swing control valve is resumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (spool)
The seal in the suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Swing motor (suction
4 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left suction valves and
valve) seal defective watching the result.)
Swing motor (check The seal in the check valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
5 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left check valves and
valve) seal defective
watching the result.)
PC400LC-7L 20-623 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-27
H-27
12
H-28
THERE IS BIG ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED WHEN STOPPING SWING
Failure information There is a big abnormal noise caused when stopping a swing motion.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.
Malfunction of swing motor The seal in suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
3 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left valves and watching the
(suction valve) result.)
The swing machinery is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the machinery itself.
4 Swing machinery defective (A failure inside the swing machinery may well be determined by monitoring abnormal noise, abnormal heat
generated or metal dust or chips contained in the drained oil.)
20-624 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-29
H-29
12
2 Swing motor (parking brake The parking portion of the swing motor is suspected of malfunctioning and interior failure. Check that
portion) malfunctioned portion directly.
1 Swing control valve (spool) The seal in the spool of the swing control valve is suspected of defect. Check the spool itself directly.
malfunctioned
Swing control valve (pressure
2 compensation valve) The pressure compensation valve seal in the swing control valve is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself
malfunctioned directly.
3 Swing motor (safety valve) The safety valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.
defective
4 Swing motor (suction valve) The suction valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.
defective
Swing motor (check valve)
5 defective The check valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.
Swing motor (shockless valve) The shockless valve in the swing motor is suspected of malfunction or the seal is suspected of defect. Check the
6 malfunctioned or seal defective valve or seal itself directly.
PC400LC-7L 20-625 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-30
H-30
12
Failure information The return circuit of the attachment circuit does not change.
• If an attachment is installed, the service circuit changes according to the selected working mode as shown below.
1) In mode A or E: The double acting circuit is selected and the safety valve is set to the low pressure.
Relative information 2) In mode B: The single acting circuit is selected and the safety valve is set to the high pressure.
Setting of the safety valve on only port B side is changed. Port A is always set to the low pressure.
2 Malfunction of 2 attachment return The attachment return selector valve may have a malfunction. Check it directly.
selector valve
Malfunction of service 3 control valve The safety valve of the service control valve (on port B side) may have a
3 (safety valve) malfunction. Check it directly.
H-31
FLOW RATE IN ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED
When attachment is installed
1 Malfunction of attachment flow The attachment flow rate adjustment EPC valve may have a malfunction. Check it directly.
rate adjustment EPC valve
Keep the engine stopped for the preparations, and keep it running at high idling during the trouble-
shooting.
Wiring harness connector Service pedal PPC valve output pressure
2 Malfunction of service PPC valve
Disconnect connector V30 of
In NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
attachment flow rate adjustment
EPC valve. Operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2}
(Above 398 psi)
20-626 1 PC400LC-7L